U-JL 



s i 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



SCHOOL LAWS 



OF THE 



State of Washington, 



TOGETHER WITH 



Official Rulings and Blank Forms. 



THIS VOLUME IS STATE PROPERTY 



AND IS ISSUED FOE USE" BY THE OFFICERS OF 



District No. , County of.. 



State of Washington. 



School officers, on retiring from office, are required by law to deliver this volume, with 
all other books and documents of an official character, to the clerk of the district. 



ISSUED BY 

HENRY B. DEWEY. 
Superintendent of Public Instruction. 



1909 



OLYMPIA, WASH.: 

E, L. Boabdman, Public Printer 

1909 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 






Code of Public Instruction 



TOGETHER WITH 



Official Rulings and Blank Forms 



COMPILED AND ISSUED BY 

HENRY B. DEWEY 

Superintendent of Public Instruction 



1909 



or. Y.MIMA. WASH. 

B. L. BOARDMAN, PUBLIC PRINTER, 
1909. 



\#* 



*>-& 



&* 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION, STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



Henry B. Dewey Superintendent of Public Instruction 

J. M. Lay hue Assistant Superintendent 

F. P. Naldee Deputy Superintendent 

Mabelle Arnold Chief Clerk 

Gyneth Knight Stenographer 



D. OF D. 

AUG 27 1910 



INTRODUCTION 



To the School District Officers : 

The legislature at the session of 1907 provided for the appoint- 
ment of a commission to revise and recodify the Code of Public In- 
struction, to suggest amendments and to prepare a bill to be sub- 
mitted to the eleventh biennial session. The commission appointed by 
the governor consisted of Hon. E. C. Hughes of Seattle; County 
Superintendent N. D. Showalter of Colfax ; W. E. Wilson, principal 
of the Ellensburg State Normal School; the attorney general and 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction ex officio. 

The former Code of Public Instruction, which is superseded by 
the code printed herewith, was very largely the territorial code of 
1881, recodified in 1890 and again in 1897. Many of its provisions 
fitted territorial conditions, but were not suited to a rapidly growing 
state. Since the recodification in 1897 many amendments have been 
made at successive sessions of the legislature, some of which were in- 
consistent with other provisions of the code. In other cases the same 
section had been amended two or three times, until it was difficult or 
impossible to determine with any degree of certainty what was the 
law. Sections of the code dealing with the same topic were not 
grouped together, making it impossible for school district officers to 
ascertain easily and definitely their duties. 

The report of the code commission was submitted to the eleventh 
session of the legislature in the form of a bill, and forms the basis of 
the code as enacted, although some important changes were made by 
the legislature. 

Among the more important provisions of the revised code to whicl 
I would call your special attention arc the following: 

Systematic arrangement of related provisions of the code. 

Classification of districts. 



4 



INTRODUCTION 



Consolidation of the State Board of Education and the Board of 
Higher Education. 

Minimum length of term increased to six months for all districts. 

Provisions regarding division of assets and adjustment of debts and 
liabilities between districts in case of formation of new districts or of 
transference of territory. 

Appointment of director in the event of a vacancy in districts of 
the second class by county superintendent in conjunction with the 
two remaining directors. 

Appointment of school physician in districts of the first class. 

In districts of the second and third classes the clerk enters upon the 
discharge of his duties immediately upon his election. 

Washington's birthday added to the list of legal holidays. 

The county auditor is required to countersign and register war- 
rants for the payment of teachers' salaries, supplies, etc., upon the 
written order of a majority of the members of the board of a district 
of the third class : Provided, That no warrant for maps, charts and 
apparatus shall be countersigned or registered until the order shall 
have been approved by the county superintendent. 

Consolidation of the county board of education and the board of 
eighth grade examiners. 

A county tax of $10.00 per child of school age must be levied by 
the county commissioners. This will very largely do away with the 
necessity for special district taxation. 

Additional apportionments are authorized for those high school 
districts charging no tuition; also a small bonus for each high school 
grade maintained. 

Directors are now required to submit an itemized estimate of ex- 
penses for the current year to the board of county commissioners. 
The commissioners are required to make a levy in accordance with the 
estimate. 

Teachers' institutes must be held as nearly as practicable during; 
the week prior to the opening of schools in the fall. 



INTRODUCTION 



Only districts maintaining four-year accredited high schools are 
allowed independent adoption of textbooks. 

The law regarding certification of teachers differs very materially 
from both the present law and the recommendations of the code com- 
mission. 

The compulsor} r school law was amended by making it applicable 
to all children between fifteen and sixteen years of age not regularly 
and lawfully engaged in some remunerative occupation. 

The ballot used in school elections must be white and of uniform size 
and quality. 

The attention of the directors of districts of the first and second 
classes is called to the provisions of House bill No. 300, Session Laws 
of 1909. This law is published in this volume on page 114. 

In many districts in this state a schoolhouse site is desired upon 

land owned by the state. Honorable E. W. Ross, commissioner of 

public lands, makes the following statement in reference to the method 

of acquiring title to this land : 

"School districts can acquire common school lands for school house 
sites by purchasing from the state at public auction only. No school 
or granted lands can be disposed of otherwise than at public auction, 
after appraisement by the board of state land commissioners. Any 
school district desiring to acquire any state lands for a school house 
site may apply to the commissioner of public lands for a blank form 
of application, which will contain, printed thereon, instructions for 
the guidance of the applicant. Do not erect a school house or other 
school district improvement upon any state land without first purchas- 
ing the same as here outlined. Any other course will lead to complica- 
tions, embarrassing especially to the board of directors of the school 



district." 



M. 



Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
Olympia, March 22, 1909. 




COUNTY SUPERINTENDENTS. 

(Term commencing September 6, 1909). 

Adams J. H. Perkins Ritzville. 

Asotin Mary Brannan Asotin. 

Benton Annie Goff Prosser. 

Chehalis N. D. McKillip Montesano. 

Chelan E. C. Bowersox Wenatchee. 

Clallam Annette Trumbull Port Angeles. 

Clarke Oscar McBride Vancouver. 

Columbia W. K. Kintner Dayton. 

Cowlitz Mrs. Carrie B. Roberts Kalama. 

Douglas T. C. Hartley Waterville. 

Ferry Mrs. Helena R. Smithson Republic. 

Franklin Mrs. E. C. Nagel Pasco. 

Garfield Elizabeth McCoy Pomeroy. 

Grant C. E. Smith ' Ephrata. 

Island Alicenia B. Engle Coupeville. 

Jefferson R. E. Harris Port Townsend. 

King A. S. Burrows Seattle. 

Kitsap Thos. E. Hulse Port Orchard. 

Kittitas Mrs. Geneva Barkley Ellensburg. 

Klickitat Samuel J. Reither Goldendale. 

Lewis W. D. Bay Chehalis. 

Lincoln Geo. E. Craig Davenport. 

Mason Mrs. Mary M. Knight Shelton. 

Okanogan E. B. Grinnell Conconully. 

Pacific Lottie Bode South Bend. 

Pierce Miles Edgerton Tacoma. 

San Juan F. F. Joubert Friday Harbor. 

Skagit Thomas Roush Mt. Vernon. 

Skamania Mrs. Lillie Miller Stevenson. 

Snohomish Eva V. Bailey Everett. 

Spokane E. G. McFarland Spokane. 

Stevens Daisy Leona Hard Colville. 

Thurston W. G. Parker Olympia. 

Wahkiakum Elvira C. Marsh Cathlamet. 

Walla Walla Mrs. Josephine Preston Walla Walla. 

Whatcom Mary P. Carpenter Bellingham. 

Whitman J. 0. Mattoon Colfax. 

Yakima S. S. Busch.- North Yakima. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Title I. — System of Public Instruction. Page 

Chapter 1.— The State 9 

Chapter 2. — Officers — Superintendent of Public Instruction 9 

Chapter 3. — State Board of Education 12 

Title II. — Higher and Special Institutions of Education. 

Chapter 1. — University of Washington 14 

Chapter 2. — State College of Washington 17 

Chapter 3. — State Normal Schools 23 

Chapter 4. — Washington State Training School 27 

Chapter 5. — State School for the Deaf and the Blind 28 

Chapter 6. — State Institution for Feeble Minded 29 

Title III. — General Common School System. 

Chapter 1. — General Provisions 31 

Chapter 2. — Division of Territory 32 

Article 1. Kinds of Districts 32 

Article 2. Corporate Existence and Powers 33 

Chapter 3. — Formation, Alteration, and Consolidation of Districts... 34 

Article 1. Formation of New Districts 34 

Article 2. Alterations of Boundaries of School Districts 36 

Article 3. Alteration of Boundaries by Extension of City Limits 36 

Article 4. Formation of Consolidated Districts 38 

Article 5. Formation of Joint Districts 39 

Article 6. Formation of Union High School Districts 41 

Article 7. Miscellaneous 44 

Chapter 4. — Officers — Their Powers and Duties 44 

Article 1. County Superintendent of Schools 4 4 

Article 2. District Officers — General Provisions 18 

Article 3. Directors of Districts of the First Class 51 

Article 4. Directors of Districts of the Second Class ."7 

Article 5. Directors of Districts of the Third Class 59 

Article 6. District Clerk 61 

Article 7. Teachers 63 

Article 8. County Auditor 64 

Article 9. County Treasurer 65 

Article 10. County Boards of Education 66 

Chapter 5. — Apportionments 67 

Chapter 6.— Institutes 69 

Chapter 7. — Text Books 71 

Chapter S. — County Circulating Libraries 73 

Chapter 9. — School Revenues 7 1 

Chapter 1 0. — Bonds 76 

Chapter 11. — Validation of Indebtedness and Issue of Bonds Therefor 81 



g TABLE OF CONTENTS 



TITLE III. — GENERAL COMMON SCHOOL SYSTEM. — Continued. .Page 

Chapter 12. — Certification of Teachers 84 

Article 1. General Provisions 84 

Article 2. Examinations 86 

Article 3. Classification of Common School Certificates and 

Diplomas 86 

Article 4. Common School Certificates and Diplomas 87 

Article 5. City Certificates 88 

Article 6. Certificates and Diplomas of Higher Institutions of 

Learning 90 

Article 7. Temporary Certificates 90 

Article 8. Special Certificates 91 

Article 9. Revocation of Certificates ; 91 

Chapter 13.— Elections 91 

Article 1. General Elections 91 

Article 2. Special Meetings 94 

Article 3. Elections in Districts of the First Class 94 

Article 4. Registration of Voters in School Districts of the First 

Class 96 

Chapter 14.— Penalties 99 

Chapter 15. — Appeals 103 

Chapter 16. — Compulsory School Law 104 

Chapter 17. — Grammar School Examinations 107 

Chapter 18. — High School Extension Examinations 108 

Chapter 19. — Kindergartens 109 

Chapter 20. — Taking of Private Property for School House Sites 110 

Chapter 21. — Prohibiting the Sale of Intoxicating Liquors Within 

Prescribed Limits of State Educational Institutions 113 

Title IV. — Intent of Act. and Repealing Clause 113 

Publication of Estimates of School Expenses 114 

Fire Drills 115 

Prohibiting Child Labor 115 

Investment of Permanent School Funds 116 

Legal Rate of Interest on School Warrants 117 



□ 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

(Chapter 97, Session Laws of 1909.) 

An Act establishing, providing for the maintenance of, and relating to, a general and 
uniform public school system for the State of Washington, providing penalties for 
the violation of the provisions of this act, and repealing all acts and parts of 
acts in conflict with the provisions of this act. 

Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Washington: 

TITLE I.— SYSTEM OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
CHAPTER 1.— THE STATE. 

1. State System of Schools. 

Section 1. A general and uniform system of public schools shall be main- 
tained throughout the State of Washington, and shall embrace common 
schools (including high and elementary schools, schools for special help and 
discipline, schools or departments for special instruction), technical 
schools, the University of Washington, the State College of Washington, state 
normal schools, state training schools, schools for defective youth, and such 
other educational institutions as may be established by law and maintained 
at public expense. 

2. Administrative Officers. 

Sec. 2. The administration of the public school system shall be intrusted 
to a Superintendent of Public Instruction, a State Board of Education, to 
regents or trustees for educational institutions, to county superintendents of 
common schools, to boards of directors and district clerks. 

CHAPTER 2.— SUPERINTENDENT OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

3. Election and Term of Office. 

Section 1. A Superintendent of Public Instruction shall be elected by 
the qualified electors of the state, on the first Tuesday after the first Monday 
in November of the year in which state officers are elected, and shall hold 
his office for the term of four years, and until his successor is elected and 
qualified. 

4. Salary. 

Sec. 2. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall receive an annual 
salary of threes thousand dollars, payable monthly, upon warrant of the 
State Auditor, drawn upon the State Treasurer, in the same manner as other 
state officers are paid. 

5. Powers and Duties. 

Sec. 3. The powers and duties of the Superintendent of Public Instruction 
shall be: 

First. To have supervision over all matters pertaining to the public 
schools of the state. 



10 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



Second. To report biennially to the Governor on or before the first day 
of November preceding the regular session of the legislature, of which report 
five thousand copies shall be printed and delivered to the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction, who shall furnish one copy to be deposited in the state 
library, one copy to each county superintendent of schools and one copy to 
each district library. Said report shall contain a statement of the general 
condition of the public schools of the state, with full statistical tables by 
counties showing the number of schools and the attendance, the state and 
county funds apportioned, amount received from special tax and from other 
sources, amount expended for salaries of teachers, the salaries paid by the 
several counties to the county superintendent of schools and the amount paid 
for incidentals and expenses; the amount paid for building and providing 
school houses with furniture and apparatus, the amount of bonded and other 
school indebtedness, with the rate of interest paid thereon, the reports of 
all state educational institutions, or such portions of them as he may think 
advisable, together with such other facts as he may deem of general interest. 
He shall also include in his report a statement of plans for the management 
and improvement of the schools. 

Third. To prepare and have printed such blanks, forms, registers, courses 
of study, rules and regulations for the government of the common schools, 
questions prepared for the examination of teachers, and such other blanks 
and books as may be necessary for the discharge of the duties of teachers 
and officers charged with the administration of the laws relating to the com- 
mon schools, and to distribute the same to the county superintendents. 

Fourth. To travel, without neglecting his other official duties as Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction, for the purpose of attending educational 
meetings or conventions within this or adjoining states, of visiting schools, 
of consulting' county superintendents or other school officers. 

Fifth. To submit to the State Auditor a monthly statement of his ex- 
penditures for traveling expenses. 

Sixth. To cause to be printed with an appendix of appropriate forms and 
instructions for carrying into execution the laws relating to public schools, 
and to distribute to each county superintendent a sufficient number of copies 
to supply each district officer, and to cause the same to be printed and dis- 
tributed as often as any change in the laws shall make it of sufficient im- 
portance, in his opinion, to justify the same. 

Seventh. To act as ex-offlcio president of the State Board of Education. 

Eighth. To hold, annually, a convention of the county superintendents of 
the state at such time and place as he may deem convenient, for the discussion 
of questions pertaining to supervision and the administration of the school 
laws and such other subjects affecting the welfare and interests of the com- 
mon schools as may be brought before it. Said convention shall continue in 
session not less than two days nor more than three days, at the option of the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction. It shall be the duty of every county 
superintendent in this state to attend said convention during its entire ses- 
sion, and any county superintendent who attends the convention shall receive 
actual traveling expenses in attending said convention. 

Ninth. He shall file all papers, reports and public documents transmitted 
to him by the school officers of the several counties of the state, each year 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 11 

separately. Copies of all papers filed in his office, and his official acts, rnay 
be certified by him and attested by his official seal, and when so certified 
shall be evidence equally and in like manner as the original paper. 

Tenth. To require annually, on or before the 15th day of August, of the 
president, manager, or principal of every educational institution in this state, 
a report of such facts arranged in such form as he may prescribe, and he 
shall furnish blanks for such reports; and it is hereby made the duty of 
every president, manager or principal, to fill up and return such blanks 
within such time as the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall direct. 

Eleventh. To keep in his office a directory of all boards of regents and 
trustees of state educational institutions, of the faculties of said institutions, 
and of all teachers receiving certificates to teach in the common schools of 
this state. 

Twelfth. To is'sue certificates as- provided by law. 

Thirteenth. To keep in his office at the capital of the state, all books and 
papers pertaining to the business of his office, and to keep and preserve in 
his office a complete record of statistics, and all matters pertaining to the 
educational interests of the state, as well as a record of the meetings of the 
State Board of Education. 

Fourteenth. To decide all points of law which may be submitted to him 
in writing by any county superintendent, or that may be submitted to him 
by any other person, upon appeal from the decision of any county superin- 
tendent; and he shall publish his rulings and decisions from time to time 
for the information of school officers and teachers; and his decision shall be 
final unless set aside by a court of competent jurisdiction. 

Fifteenth. To administer oaths and affirmations in the discharge cf his 
official duties. 

Sixteenth. To deliver over to his successor, at the expiration of his term 
of office, all records, books, maps, documents and papers of whatever kind 
belonging to his office or which may have been received by him for the use 
of his office. 

Seventeenth. To prepare and from time to time to revise a State Manual 
of Washington, which shall be sold at actual cost of publication and dis- 
tribution, said manual to contain a sketch of the history of the state, an 
outline of the constitution of the state, excerpts from the school code, the 
courses of study and rules for the general government of the common schools, 
a map of the state, and a map of the topography of the state, and such other 
matter as the State Superintendent or the State Board of Education from 
time to time shall determine. 

Eighteenth. To make a certified copy of papers filed in his office and of 
his official acts, attested by his official seal. He shall charge for such cer- 
tified copy fifteen cents per folio, and all money so received shall be im- 
mediately paid to the State Treasurer and credited to the general fund 
of the state. 

Nineteenth. To perform such other duties as may be required by law. 

6. Assistants and Deputy. 

Sec. 4. The Superintendent of Public Instruction is hereby authorized t" 
appoint one Assistant Superintendent of Public Instruction, who shall be 



12 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

the holder of not less than a first grade certificate; a Deputy Superintendent 
of Public Instruction, who shall also act as an inspector of schools, who 
shall be the holder of not less than a first grade certificate; a stenographer, 
and also to employ such other assistance as the needs of his office shall 
require from time to time, and for the payment of whose services appro- 
priations shall have been made by the legislature of this state. 

CHAPTER 3.— STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION. 

7. Personnel of the Board — How Appointed — Term of Office. 

Section 1. The State Board of Education shall consist of the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction, the president of the University of Washington, 
the president of the State College of Washington, the principal of one of the 
state normal schools elected by the principals of the state normal schools, 
and three persons holding life diplomas issued under the" authority of this 
state and actively engaged in educational work, appointed by the Governor, 
one of whom shall be a superintendent of a district of the first class, one a 
county superintendent of schools, one a principal of a fully accredited four- 
year high school. 

The appointed and elected members of the board shall hold their office 
for two years from the date of appointment and shall serve until their suc- 
cessors are appointed and qualified. 

8. President of the Board. 

Sec. 2. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall be ex-offlcio presi- 
dent of the board, and shall furnish all necessary record books and blanks 
for its use, and shall represent the board in directing the work of high school 
inspection. 

9. Secretary of the Board. 

Sec. 3. The Deputy Superintendent of Public Instruction shall be ex-offlcio 
secretary of said board, but shall not be entitled to a vote in its proceedings. 
He shall keep a correct record of its proceedings in a good and well-bound 
book, which shall be kept in the office of the Superintendent of Public In- 
struction. He shall also, upon request, furnish to the executive head of any 
or all of the state institutions of higher education a certified copy of such 
proceedings. 

10. Annual Meeting — Expenses of the Board. 

Sec 4. The State Board of Education shall hold an annual meeting at 
the capital of the state on the third Tuesday of June of each year, and may 
hold such special meetings as may be deemed necessary for the transaction 
of public business, such special meetings to be called by the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction. The persons serving as members of the State Board 
of Education shall be reimbursed for the actual expenses incurred in the 
performance of their duties, which expenses shall be paid by the State Treas- 
urer on warrants of the State Auditor, out of funds not otherwise appro- 
priated, upon the certificate of the Superintendent of Public Instruction: 
Provided, That members of the board who are not under salary to whom 
special committee work is assigned shall be paid for such services five dol- 
lars per day. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. lg 

11. Powers and Duties of the Board. 

Sec. 5. The State Board of Education shall have power, and it shall be 
its duty: 

First. To approve the preparatory requirements for entrance to the Uni- 
versity of Washington, the State College of Washington, and the State Nor- 
mal Schools of Washington. 

Second. To approve courses for the state normal schools, for the Depart- 
ment of Education of the University of Washington, and the State College 
of Washington, and for all normal training departments of higher institu- 
tions within the State of Washington which may be accredited and whose 
graduates may become entitled to receive teachers' life diplomas or pro- 
fessional certificates. 

Third. To investigate the character of the work required to be performed 
as a condition of entrance to and graduation from normal schools, colleges, 
universities and other institutions of higher education and to prepare an 
accredited list of those higher institutions of learning of this and other states 
whose graduates may be awarded teacher's certificates by the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction without examination except upon the State Manual of 
Washington: Provided, That the entrance and graduation requirements of all 
colleges and universities whose diplomas are accredited must be equal to 
those of the University of Washington; and the requirements for normal 
schools shall be equal to the advanced course of the state normal schools of 
this state. 

Fourth. To prepare an accredited list of state life certificates and life 
diplomas issued in other states by examination, upon which certificates may 
be issued in this state without examination, except in Washington State 
Manual: Provided, That the requirements to obtain such certificates and 
diplomas must be equal to the requirements for a life certificate in this state. 

Fifth. To examine and accredit secondary schools: Provided, That no 
private academy shall be placed upon the accredited list so long as secret 
societies are allowed to exist among its students. 

Sixth. When requested by any institution of higher learning situated 
within the state maintaining a normal training department the board shall 
send an inspector, qualified for such service, to examine tne equipment of 
such department and to ascertain the extent and character of the courses 
provided and the preparatory requirements for admission to them, which 
requirements must include the completion of a high school course or its 
equivalent, and particularly the qualifications and experience of the in- 
structors and supervisors who are responsible for the work of this department. 

The inspector shall make a detailed report, including declaration of his 
opinion of the adequacy of the department for the work of educating and 
training teachers, which report shall be placed on file in the office of the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

If any such normal training department is ascertained to be equipped 
and manned adequately for the education and training of teachers and to be 
under reliable and responsible management and upon a basis of efficiency 
equal to that of the normal schools maintained by the state n shall be the 
duty of the board to accredit such department and to grant life diplomas to 



14 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

graduates who present diplomas certifying that the holders have completed 
the courses approved by the board when the applicants have complied with 
the other requirements for life diplomas. It shall be the further duty of the 
board to inspect all accredited normal training departments each year. 

Seventh. To prepare an outline course or courses of study for the pri- 
mary, grammar and high school departments of the common schools, and to 
prescribe such rules for the general government of the common schools as 
shall secure regularity of attendance, prevent truancy, secure efficiency and 
promote the true interests of the common schools. 

Eighth. To prepare a uniform series of questions to be used by the county 
superintendents in the examination of teachers, and to determine rules and 
regulations for conducting the same, and to prepare questions for the examin- 
ation of applicants for state elementary certificates and life diplomas. 

Ninth. To prepare answers to all examination questions which are pre- 
pared by the board. 

Tenth. To prepare uniform questions for use in the examination of the 
pupils of the schools of the state completing the grammar school course of 
study, and to prescribe uniform rules and regulations for the conducting of 
such examination. 

Eleventh. To hear and decide appeals as provided by law. 

12. Shall Unify Public School System. 

Sec. 6. The board shall arrange such courses and adopt and enforce suck 
regulations as will place the state institutions in harmonious relations with 
the common schools and with each other, and unify the work of the public 
school system. 

13. Seal ofthe Board. 

Sec. 7. The State Board of Education shall adopt a seal, which shall be 
kept in the office of the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

TITLE II.— HIGHER AND SPECIAL INSTITUTIONS OF EDUCATION. 
CHAPTER 1.— UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON. 

14. Establishment of. 

Section 1. The State University, as heretofore located and established 
in the city of Seattle, county of King, shall be designated and named the 
University of Washington. 

15. Aim and Purpose. 

Sec. 2. The aim and the purpose of the University of Washington shall 
be to provide for students of both sexes, on equal terms, a liberal instruction 
in the different branches of literature, science, art, law, medicine, military 
science and such other departments of instruction as may be established 
therein from time to time by the board of regents. Tuition in the University 
of Washington, except as may be provided by the board of regents with refer- 
ence to the arts or to special courses of study, shall be free to all bona fide 
residents of this state. Non-residents of this state shall be admitted to the 
said university on such terms as may from time to time be prescribed by 
the board of regents: Provided, That no student shall be admitted to any 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



15 



department of the university who is under the age of sixteen years. The 
said university shall, as far as practicable, begin its course of study in its 
literary and scientific departments at the points where the same are com- 
pleted in the public high schools of this state. No student shall be admitted 
except upon examination satisfactory to the faculty of the university: Pro- 
vided. Tioxvever. That students shall be admitted without examination upon 
presentation of certificates from those public high schools and other educa- 
tional institutions in this state whose courses of study shall have been 
approved by said faculty of the university, and accredited by the State 
Board of Education: Provided. That said faculty shall have power to 
specify the preparation required for admission to any department of the 
university. 

16. Board of Regents — Term of Office. 

Sec. 3. The government of the University of Washington shall be vested 
in a board of regents to consist of seven members, who shall be appointed 
by the Governor of the state, by and with the advice and consent of the 
Senate, and who shall hold their offices respectively for a term of six years 
from the second Monday in March next succeeding their appointment and 
until their successors shall be appointed and shall qualify: Provided, That 
regents now serving upon such board shall continue as such during the 
terms for which they were respectively appointed. Four members of said 
board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Whenever 
there shall be a vacancy in the said board of regents, from any cause what- 
ever, it shall be the duty of the Governor to fill such office by appointment, 
and the person or persons so appointed shall continue in office until the 
close of the legislature next thereafter, or until others are appointed and 
qualified in their stead. Each regent before entering upon the duties of 
his office must qualify by taking the usual oath of office before some officer 
authorized by law to administer the same and file a copy of said oath with 
the Secretary of State. 

17. Organization of Board — Meetings. 

Sec. 4. The board shall organize by electing from its membership a 
president and an executive committee, of which committee the president 
shall be ex-oflicio chairman. The board shall hold regular quarterly meet- 
ings, and during the interim between such meetings the executive committee 
may transact business for the whole board: Provided. That the executive 
committee may call special meetings of the whole board when such action 
is deemed necessary. 

18. Powers and Duties of Regents. 

Sec. 5. The board of regents may adopt by-laws or rules and regulations 
for its own government. The powers and duties of the board of regents are 
as follows: 

First. The said board shall have full control of the university and its 
property of various hinds, and shall employ the president, members of the 
faculty, assistants and employes of tbo institution, who shall hold their 
T>ositions during the pleasure of said board of regents. 



IQ CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

Second. It shall be the duty of the board of regents, with the assistance 
of the faculty of the university, to prescribe the course of study in the vari- 
ous departments of the institution and to publish the annual catalogue. 

Third. The said board shall grant to every student, upon graduation, a 
suitable diploma or degree, such student having been recommended for such 
honor by the faculty. The board shall also have power, upon recommenda- 
tion of the faculty, to corifer the usual honorary degrees upon other persons; 
than graduates of this university in recognition of their learning or devotion 
to literature, art or science; but no degree shall ever be conferred in con- 
sideration of the payment of money or other valuable thing. The said board 
is also empowered, upon recommendation of the faculty, to grant normal 
diplomas, which shall entitle the holder to teach in any public school in the 
state for a period of five years; and to grant university life diplomas to 
candidates who shall give satisfactory evidence of having taught success- 
fully for twenty-four months: Provided, That all candidates for the normal 
diploma and life diploma shall have satisfactorily completed not less than 
twelve semester hours in the Department of Education. 

Fourth. The board of regents is authorized to receive such bequests am* 
gratuities as may be granted to the said university and to invest or expend 
the same according to the terms of said bequests or gratuities. The said 
board shall adopt proper rules to govern and protect the receipt and expendi- 
ture of the proceeds of all fees, bequests or gratuities, and shall make full 
report of the same in the customary biennial report to the Governor, or more 
frequently if required by law. 

Fifth. The board of regents is authorized and empowered to give and 
execute, on behalf of the State of Washington, the bonds and other papers- 
required by the war department for the safe keeping of the arms and equip- 
ments loaned^ by the United States to the University of Washington. 

Sixth. The board of regents shall transmit, on the first day of January 
preceding each regular session of the legislature, to the Governor a printed 1 
report of all the doings since their last report, not exceeding three hundred 
in number, giving full information of the receipt and expenditure of money, 
furnish an estimate of the needs of the institution, and give such informa- 
tion as will be helpful to the state authorities in providing for the said 
institution. 

Seventh. The members of said board of regents shall serve without com- 
pensation. Each regent, however, shall be paid his actual traveling expenses 
in going to and coming from any meeting of said board, and such claims for 
expenses shall be audited on vouchers issued by the president and secretary 
of said board the same as any other claims are audited. 

19. Faculty. 

Sec. 6. The faculty of the University of Washington shall consist of the 
president and the professors, and the said faculty shall have charge of the 
immediate government of the institution under such rules as may be pre- 
scribed by the board of regents. 

20. Non-Sectarian. 

Sec. 7. The University of Washington shall never be under the control 
of any religious or sectarian denomination or society whatever. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. y{ 

21. Attorney General Legal Advisor. 

Sec. 8. The Attorney General of the state shall be the legal advisor of 
the president and the board of regents of the university, and he shall insti- 
tute and prosecute or defend all suits in behalf of the same. 

22. Erection of Buildings. 

Sec. 9. It shall be the duty of the board of regents herein provided for, 
as soon after their organization as practicable, and as soon as there shall 
be an appropriation therefor in the hands of the State Treasurer in any 
amount sufficient to warrant the beginning the erection of the several build- 
ings herein provided for, or any wing or section of the same, to enter into 
contracts with one or more contractors for the erection and construction of 
such suitable buildings and improvements for the institution created by this 
chapter as in their judgment shall be deemed best, or the funds aforesaid 
shall warrant, all things considered; such contract or contracts to be let 
after open public notice and competition under such regulations as shall be 
established by said board to the person or persons who offer to execute such 
work on the most advantageous terms: Provided, That in all cases said 
board shall require from contractors a good and sufficient bond for the 
faithful performance of the work, and the full protection of the state against 
mechanics' and other liens: And provided further, That the board shall not 
have the power to enter into any contract for the erection of any buildings 
or improvements which shall bind said board to pay out any sum of money 
in excess of the amount provided for said purpose. 

23. Mechanics and Employes. 

Sec 10. The board provided for in this chapter shall have power in their 
discretion to employ skilled architects and superintendents to prepare plans 
and specifications, and to supervise the construction of any of the buildings 
provided for in this chapter, and to fix the compensation for such services, 
subject to the provisions and restrictions of this act. 

24. To begin Building When Funds Are Available. 

Sec. 11. Whenever there shall be any money in the hands of the State 
Treasurer to the credit of any of the specific funds set apart for that insti- 
tution created by this chapter, deemed sufficient by the board to commence 
the erection of any of the necessary buildings or improvements, or to pay 
the necessary running or other expenses of said institution, the State Audi- 
tor, on the request in writing of said board, shall, and it is hereby made his 
duty to draw his warrant in favor of the treasurer of said board and upon 
the state treasury against the specific fund belonging to said institution in 
such sum not exceeding the amount on hand in such specific fund at such 
time as said board may deem necessary: Provided, That said board shall 
draw said money as it may be necessary to disburse the same. 

CHAPTER 2.— STATE COLLEGE OF WASHINGTON. 

25. Establishment and Purpose. 

Section 1. The State College, Experiment Station and School of Science 
of the State of Washington, as heretofore located at Pullman, Whitman 

—2 



18 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



county, shall be an institution of learning open to the children of all resi- 
dents of this state, and to such other persons as the board of regents may 
determine, under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the 
board of regents; shall be non-sectarian in character, and devoted to prac- 
tical instruction in agriculture, mechanical arts, and natural sciences con- 
nected therewith, as well as a thorough course of instruction in all branches 
of learning upon agricultural and other industrial pursuits. 

No student shall be admitted except upon examination satisfactory to 
the faculty of the State College: Provided, however, That students shall 
be admitted without examination upon presentation of certificates from 
those public high schools and other educational institutions In this state 
whose courses of study shall have been approved by said faculty of the 
State College and accredited by the State Board of Education: Provided 
further. That said faculty shall have power to specify the preparation re- 
quired for admission to any department of the State College. 

26. Ex-Officio Visitors. 

Sec. 2. The Governor of the State of Washington, the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction, members of the legislature, and county commissioners 
shall be ex-officio visitors of said college. But said visitors shall have no 
power granted to control the action of the board of regents or to negative 
its duties as defined by law. , 

27. Course of Instruction. 

Sec. 3. The course of instruction of said college shall embrace the Eng- 
lish language, literature, mathematics, philosophy, civil and^ mechanical 
engineering, chemistry, animal and vegetable anatomy and physiology, the 
veterinary art, entomology, geology, political economy, rural and household 
economy, horticulture, moral philosophy, history, mechanics, and such other 
courses of instruction as shall be prescribed by the board of regents. One 
of the objects of said college shall be to train teachers of physical science, 
and thereby further the application of the principles of physical science to 
industrial pursuits; to collect information as to schemes of technical instruc- 
tion adopted in other parts of the United States and in foreign countries, 
and to hold farmers' institutes at such times and places and under such 
regulations as the board of regents may determine: Provided, That no 
student shall be admitted to any department of the State College who is 
under the age of sixteen years. 

28. Departments of Instruction. 

Sec. 4. The board of regents shall provide that all instruction given in 
the college shall, to the utmost practicable extent, be conveyed by means 
of practical work in the laboratory, and shall provide in connection with 
said college the following laboratories: One physical laboratory or more, 
one chemical laboratory or more, and one biological laboratory or more, and 
suitably furnish and equip the same. Said board of regents shall provide 
that all male students shall be trained in military tactics. Said board of 
regents shall establish a department of elementary science, and in connection 
therewith provide instruction in the following subjects: Elementary mathe- 
matics, including elementary trigonometry, elementary mechanics, element- 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 19 



ary and mechanical drawing and land surveying. Said board of regents 
shall establish a department of said college to be designated as the depart- 
ment of agriculture, and in connection therewith shall provide instruction 
in the following subjects: Fiist. Physics, with special application of its 
principles to agriculture. Second. Chemistry, with special application of 
its principles to agriculture. Third. Morphology and physiology of plants, 
with special reference to the commonly grown crops and their fungus ene- 
mies. Fourth. Morphology and physiology of the lower forms of animal 
life, with special reference to insect pests. Fifth. Morphology and physi- 
ology of the higher forms of animal life, and in particular of the horse, cow, 
sheep and swine. Sixth. Agriculture, with special reference to the breeding 
and feeding of livestock, and the best mode of cultivation of farm produce. 
Seventh. Mining and metallurgy. And it shall appoint demonstrators in 
each of these subjects, to superintend the equipment of a laboratory and 
to give practical instruction in the same. Said board of regents shall estab- 
lish an agricultural experiment station in connection with the department 
of agriculture of said college, appoint its officers and prescribe such regula- 
tions for its management as it may deem expedient. Said board of regents 
may establish other departments of said college, and provide courses of 
instruction therein, when those are, in its judgment, required for the better 
carrying out of the object of the college. 

29. Regents — Appointment and Term of Office — Bonds. 

Sec. 5. The management of said college and experiment station, the care 
and preservation of all property of which the institution shall become pos- 
sessed, the erection and construction of all buildings necessary for the use 
of said college and station, and the disbursement and expenditure of all 
money provided for by this chapter, shall be vested in a board of five 
regents; said five members of tne board of regents shall be appointed 
in the manner provided by law; said regents and their successors in office 
shall have the right to cause all things to be done necessary to carry out 
the provisions of this chapter. The board of regents provided for in this 
chapter shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the consent of 
the Senate, one for a term of two years, two for a term of four years, and 
two for a term of six years; and each regent shall, before entering upon 
the discharge of his respective duties as such, execute a good and sufficient 
bond to the State of Washington, with two or more sufficient sureties, resi- 
dents of the state, in the penal sum of not less than five thousand dollars 
($5,000) each, conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties as 
such regent: Provided, That all appointments made to fill vacancies caused 
by death, resignation or otherwise, shall be for the unexpired term of the 
incumbent whose place shall have become vacant. All other appointments 
made subsequent to the appointment of the first board of regents provided 
for in this act shall be for the term of six years and until the appointment 
and qualification of a successor to each appointee: Provided further. That 
regents now serving upon such board shall continue as such during the term 
for which they were respectively appointed. 

30. Organization of Corrd — Treasurer — Bonds. 

Sec. 6. The hoard of regents shall meet and organize by the election of 
its president and treasurer from their own number, on the first Wednesday 



20 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



in April of each year. The person so elected as treasurer shall, before enter- 
ing upon the discharge of his duties as such, execute a good and sufficient 
bond to the State of Washington with two or more sufficient sureties, residents 
of the state, in the penal sum of not less than forty thousand dollars ($40,000), 
conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties as such treasurer, and 
that he will faithfully account for and pay over to the person or persons 
entitled thereto all moneys which shall come into his hands as such officer, 
which bond shall be approved by the Governor of the state, and shall be 
filed with the Secretary of State. The president of the college shall be secre- 
tary of the board of regents, and shall perform all the duties pertaining to 
that office, but shall not have the right to vote. The secretary shall in like 
manner as the treasurer give a bond in the penal sum of not less than five 
thousand dollars ($5,000), conditioned for the faithful performance of his 
duties as such officer. 

31. Duties of President, Treasurer and Secretary. 

Sec. 7. The president of said board shall be the chief executive officer, 
shall preside at all meetings thereof, except that in his absence the board 
may appoint a president pro tempore, and sign all instruments required to 
be executed by said boai'd. The treasurer shall be the financial officer of 
said board, shall keep a true account of all moneys received and expended 
by him. The secretary shall be the recording officer of said board, shall 
attest all instruments required to be signed by the president, and shall keep 
a true record of all the proceedings of said board, and do all other things 
required of him by said board. 

32. Regents Enact By-Laws. 

Sec. 8. The regents shall have the power, and it shall be their duty, to 
enact laws f<3r the government of said State College, Experiment Station 
and School of Science: Provided, The board of regents shall maintain at 
least one experimental station in the western portion of the state. 

33. Regents Have General Control of Funds. 

Sec. 9. The board of regents shall direct the disposition of any moneys 
belonging to or appropriated to the Agricultural College,- Experiment Station 
and School of Science, established by this act, and shall make all rules and 
regulations necessary for the management of the same, adopt plans and 
specifications for necessary buildings, and superintend the construction of 
said buildings, and fix the salaries of professors, teachers and other em- 
ployes, and tuition fees to be charged in said college. 

34. Experiment Station Established by Congress. 

Sec. 10. The agricultural experiment station provided for in this act 
in connection with the State College shall be under the direction of said 
board of regents of said college for the purpose of conducting experiments 
in agriculture according to the terms of section one (1) of an act of con- 
gress approved March 2, 1887, and entitled "An act to establish agricultural 
experiment stations in connection with the colleges established in the 
several states, under the provisions of an act approved July 2, 1862, and 
of the acts supplementary thereto." The said college and experiment station 
shall be entitled to receive all the benefits and donations made and given 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



.-. J. 



to similar institutions of learning in other states and territories of the 
United States by the legislation of the congress of the United States now 
in force, or that may be enacted, and particularly to the benefits and dona- 
tions given by the provisions of an act of congress entitled "An act donating 
public lands to the several states and territories which may provide colleges 
for the benefit of agricultural and mechanic arts," approved July 2, 1862, 
and all acts supplementary thereto, including the act entitled 'An act 
to establish agricultural experiment stations in connection with colleges 
established in the several cities under the provisions of an act approved 
July 2, 1862, and of the acts supplementary thereto," which said last entitled 
act was approved March 2, 1887; also, "An act to apply a portion of the 
proceeds of the public lands to the more complete endowment and support 
of the colleges for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts, estab- 
lished under the provisions of an act of congress approved July 2, 1862," 
which said last mentioned act was approved August 30, 1890. 

35. Assent to Congressional Requirements. 

Sec. 11. The assent of the legislature of the State of Washington is 
hereby given, in pursuance of the requirements of section nine (9) of said 
act of congress, approved March 2, 1887, to the granting of money therein 
made to the establishment of experiment stations in accordance with section 
one (1) of said last mentioned act, and assent is hereby given to carry out, 
within the State of Washington, every provision of said act. 

36. Meetings of the Board of Regents. 

Sec. 12. The meetings of the board of regents may be called in such 
manner as the board may prescribe, and the majority of said board shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; but a less number may 
adjourn from time to time. No vacancy in said board shall impair the 
rights of the remaining board. A full meeting of the board shall be called 
at least once a year. 

37. Regents Must Subscribe to Oath. 

Sec. 13. Each member of the board of regents created by this chapter 
shall, before entering upon his duties, take and subscribe an oath to dis- 
charge faithfully and honestly his duties in the premises, and to perform 
strictly and impartially the same to the best of his ability; said oath shall 
be filed with the Secretary of State. 

38. Expenses of Regents. 

Sec. 14. The regents shall be allowed their actual and necessary travel- 
ing expenses in going to and returning from all the necessary sessions of 
the beard; and also their necessary expenses while in actual attendance upon 
the same. 

39. Shall Make Annual Report to Governor. 

Sec. 15. The board of regents shall, on or before the first day of Novem- 
ber of each year, make a full and true report in detail of all their acts and 
doings during the previous year, their receipts and expenditures, the exact 
status of their institution, and other information they may deem proper and 
useful, or which may be called for by the Governor, which said report shall 



90 CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



^/v 



be made to the Governor, who shall transmit the same to the succeeding 
session of the legislature. A copy of said report shall be furnished to the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

40. Disbursement of Funds. 

Sec. 16. The treasurer of said board shall make disbursement of the 
funds in his hands on the order of the board, which order shall be counter- 
signed by the secretary of the board, and shall state on what account the 
disbursement is made. 

41. No Pecuniary Interest. 

Sec. 17. No employe or member of the board created by this chapter 
shall be interested pecuniarily, either directly or indirectly, in any contract 
for any building or improvement of said institution, or for the furnishing 
of supplies for the same. 

42. Governor Ex-Officio Member. 

Sec. 18. The Governor of the state shall be ex-officio advisory member 
of the board provided for in this chapter, but shall not have the right to 
vote, nor be eligible to office therein. 

43. Board Shall Grant Diplomas and Degrees. 

Sec 19. The board of regents shall grant to every student, upon gradua- 
tion, a suitable diploma or degree, such student having been recommended 
for such honor by the faculty. The board shall also have power, upon recom- 
mendation of the faculty, to confer the usual honorary degrees upon other 
persons than graduates of this college in recognition of their learning or 
devotion to literature, art or science; but no degree shall ever be conferred 
in consideration of the payment of money or other valuable thing. The said 
board is also empowered, upon recommendation of the faculty, to grant 
normal diplomas which shall entitle the holder to teach in any public school 
in the state for a period of five years; and to grant life diplomas to candi- 
dates who shall give satisfactory evidence of having taught successfully for 
twenty-four (24) months: Provided, That all candidates for the normal 
diploma and life diploma shall have satisfactorily completed not less than 
twelve semester hours in the Department of Education. 

44. Erection of Buildings. 

Sec. 20. It shall be the duty of the board of regents herein provided for, 
as soon after their organization as practicable, and as soon as there shall 
be an appropriation therefor in the hands of the State Treasurer in any 
amount sufficient to warrant the beginning the erection of the several 
buildings herein provided for, or any wing or section of the same, to enter 
into contracts with one or more contractors for the erection and construc- 
tion of such suitable buildings and improvements for the institution created 
by this chapter as in their judgment shall be deemed best, or the funds 
aforesaid shall warrant, all things considered; such contract or contracts 
to be let after open public notice and competition under such regulations 
as shall be established by said board to the person or persons who offer to 
execute such work on the most advantageous terms: Provided, That in all 
cases said board shall require from contractors a good and sufficient bond 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. 



23 



for the faithful performance of the work, and the full protection of the 
state against mechanics' and other liens: And provided further, That the 
board shall not have the power to enter into any contract for the erection 
of any buildings or improvements which shall bind said board to pay out 
any sum of money in excess of the amount provided for said purpose. 

45. To Employ Architects. 

Sec. 21. The board provided for in this chapter shall have power in 
their discretion to employ skilled architects and superintendents to prepare 
plans and specifications, and to supervise the construction of any of the 
buildings provided for in this chapter, and to fix the compensation for such 
services subject to the provisions and restrictions of this act. 

46. State Auditor to Issue Warrants. 

Sec. 22. Whenever there shall be any money in the hands of the State 
Treasurer to the credit of any of the specific funds set apart for that insti- 
tution created by this chapter, deemed sufficient by the board to commence 
the erection of any of the necessary buildings or improvements, or to pay 
the necessary running or other expenses of said institution, and any proper 
indebtedness has been incurred, the State Auditor upon receipt of properly 
audited vouchers shall, and it is hereby made his duty to draw his war- 
rants for the payment thereof upon the State Treasurer against the specific 
fund belonging to said institution in such sum, not exceeding tne amount on 
hand in such specific fund at such time, provided proper appropriations have 
been made therefor. 

CHAPTER 3.— STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS. 

47. Establishment and Corporate Title. 

Section 1. The State Normal School at Cheney, the State Normal School 
at Bellingham, the State Normal School at Ellensburg, and such other state 
normal schools as may hereafter be established, shall each be under the 
management and control of a board of three trustees, to be known as 

'•Board of Trustees of the State Normal School at " Said 

trustees shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate. 

48. Trustees — Appointment — Term of Office. 

Sec. 2. All trustees of the state normal schools serving at the time of 
the passage of this act shall continue to hold their respective offices as 
such trustees for the full term for which they were appointed; and there- 
after all trustees shall be appointed for six years, except in cases of appoint- 
ments to fill vacancies, in which cases the appointment shall be made for 
the unexpired term of the trustee whose office has become vacant. In case 
of the establishment of any additional state normal schools, unless other- 
wise expressly provided by law, the Governor shall appoint one trustee for 
two years, one for four years and one for six years. 

49. Officers — By-Laws — Quorum. 

Sec. 3. Each board of normal school trustees shall elect one of Its mem- 
bers chairman, and it shall elect a secretary, who may or may not be a 
member of the board. Each board shall have power to adopt by-laws for 



04 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

its government and for the government of the school, which by-laws shall 
not be inconsistent with the provisions of this act, and to prescribe the 
duties of its officers, committees and employes. A majority of the board 
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of all business. 

50. Trustees — Their Powers and Duties. 

Sec. 4. Each board of normal school trustees shall have power, and it 
shall be its duty: First. To elect a principal and such other teachers, as- 
sistants and employes as the necessities of the school may require for a 
period not exceeding four years. Second. For good and lawful reasons to 
discharge any or all such teachers and employes. Third. To adopt the 
necessary text books, and to provide books of reference for the use of stu- 
dents and teachers, and to provide for the proper care of the same. Fourth. 
To have charge of the erection of all buildings pertaining to the school, 
unless otherwise expressly provided, and to have the care and management 
of ''all buildings and other property belonging to the school. Fifth. To 
audit all accounts against the school, and to certify all bills, which may 
be allowed, to the State Auditor, who shall draw warrants on the State 
Treasurer for such amounts as he shall find to have been properly or legally 
allowed. Sixth. To purchase all supplies for the use of the school, to pro- 
vide a library suited to its wants, to provide for lectures on subjects per- 
taining to education and the art or science of teaching, and to do such 
other things not forbidden by law as may become necessary for the good 
of the school. 

51. Boarding Houses. 

Sec. 5. Each board of normal school trustees shall have power to estab- 
lish and maintain a boarding house or houses for the accommodation of 
students, to -employ a matron and such other assistance as may become 
necessary to conduct the same, to make such rules for its government and 
management as they may deem necessary, and to charge such rates for 
board and entertainment as will make such boarding house or houses self- 
sustaining. 

52. Meetings of Board. 

Sec. 6. Each board of normal school trustees shall hold two regular or 
stated meetings each year, at such times as may be provided in its by-laws, 
and such special meetings shall be held as may be deemed necessary, when- 
ever called by the chairman or by a majority of the board. 

53. Duties of the Principal. 

Sec. 7. The principal of each state normal school shall have a general 
supervision of the school, shall see that all laws and rules of the board of 
trustees are observed by teachers and students, that the course or courses 
of study prescribed are faithfully pursued, shall assign students to their 
proper classes or grades, and unless otherwise specially .provided, he shall 
designate the work to be performed by each teacher. He shall, at the close 
of each school year, make a detailed annual report to the board of trustees, 
containing a classified catalogue of all students that have been enrolled 
during the year, and such other information as he may deem advisable or 
as the board may require, and it shall be his duty to superintend the printing 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 25 



of the same. It shall also be his duty, when required by the board or 
trustees, to attend county institutes and other educational gatherings, and 
to lecture upon educational topics that are calculated to enhance the interests 
of popular education or of his school. The board of trustees shall audit 
and allow all his necessary expenses incurred in traveling. 

54. Model School — Manual Training. 

Sec. 8. A model school or training department shall be provided for each 
state normal school contemplated by this act, in which all students, before 
graduation, shall have actual practice in teaching for not less than eighteen 
weeks under the supervision and observation of critic and training teachers. 
A manual training department for each school under its control shall also 
be provided, and a suitable teacher employed for each. 

55. Diplomas and Certificates. 

Sec. 9. Every diploma of graduation from a state normal school, or cer- 
tificate issued therefrom, shall be signed by the president of the board of 
trustees and by the principal of the normal school at which the holder 
graduated, and by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction; and all 
diplomas and certificates shall be stamped with the seal of the State Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction. Every diploma and certificate shall specific- 
ally state what course of study the holder has taken, and for what length 
of time said diploma or certificate is valid # as a certificate to teach in the 
schools of the state. 

56. Tuition Free. 

Sec. 10. No charge shall be made against any student for tuition in any 
of the normal schools contemplated by this act. All students shall be re- 
quired to furnish satisfactory evidence of good moral character, and any 
student may be suspended or expelled from any state normal school con- 
templated by this act who is found to be immoral, or who has refused to 
comply with its rules and regulations for its government. 

57. Courses of Study. 

Sec. 11. The State Board of Education shall prescribe courses of study 
for the normal schools of the state as follows: (1) An elementary course 
of two years; (2) a secondary course of two years; (3) advanced courses of 
two and three years; (4) a complete course of five years; (5) an advanced 
course of one year for graduates from colleges and universities. Upon the 
satisfactory completion of any one of these courses a student shall be 
awarded an appropriate certificate or diploma as follows: Upon the com- 
pletion of the elementary course, a certificate to be known as an elementary 
normal school certificate, which shall authorize the holder to teach in any 
elementary school for a period of two years; upon the completion of the 
secondary course a certificate to be known as a secondary normal school 
certificate, which shall authorize the holder to teach in the common schools 
of the state for a period of three years; upon the completion of any ad- 
vanced course a diploma to be known as a normal school diploma, which 
shall authorize the holder to teach in the common schools of the state for 
a period of five years, and upon satisfactory evidence of having taught suc- 
cessfully for three years such person shall receive a life diploma counter- 



0Q CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

signed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. Upon the completion 
of the work of the junior year any student may be given a secondary normal 
school certificate by vote of the faculty: Provided, That no one shall re- 
ceive a diploma or secondary normal school certificate who has not attained 
the age of nineteen years, and attended the same state normal school one 
full school year^ of thirty-six weeks: Provided further, That no one shall 
receive a secondary normal school certificate or a normal school diploma 
who has not given evidence of ability to teach and govern a school by suc- 
cessful practice in the training department for a period of not less than 
eighteen weeks. The State Board of Education shall also prescribe uniform 
terms of admission to, and graduation from, the state normal schools, and 
shall define the qualifications for admission to each of the several courses. 

58. Text Books. 

Sec. 12. The board of trustees may provide out of the funds appropriated 
for the purpose, such text-books and supplies as are needful for successfully 
carrying into effect the courses of study prescribed. Each student upon 
admission to the school may be required to pay into the library fund of the 
school a sum not to exceed ten dollars, one-half of which shall be applied 
to the support of the general library and reading room, and the remaining 
half shall be kept as indemnity for loss or damage of books belonging to 
the school in the hands of the student, and shall be returned to him after 
deducting such amount as may be justly charged for all loss or damage 
beyond reasonable wear. 

59. Requirements for Admission. 

Sec. 13. No person shall be admitted to any state normal school as a 
student who has not attained the age of sixteen years, if a male, or fifteen 
years if a female, nor until by an entrance examination or otherwise he 
or she shall have established the fact that he or she is qualified to enter 
some one of the grades or courses provided for in the course of study. 

60. Annual Meeting of Principals. 

Sec. 14. It shall be the duty of the principals of the several state normal 
schools contemplated by this act to meet once annually to consult with each 
other relative to matters concerning their school work, and to discuss 
methods of teaching and plans of management. 

61. Biennial Report of Trustees. 

Sec 15. Each board of normal school trustees shall biennially on or 
before the first day of October next preceding each regular session of the 
state legislature of this state, make, through its secretary, a report to the 
Governor of the state, which report shall be included with and constitute a 
part of the biennial report of the Superintendent of Public Instruction. Said 
normal school reports shall embrace a statement of the receipts and expendi- 
tures of the schools, and the purpose for which all moneys have been ex- 
pended; a classified catalogue of all students enrolled in each of said schools; 
a directory of all graduates of each school properly classified; the course 
or courses of study pursued in the several schools, and such other informa- 
tion as may be deemed advisable. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 07 



62. Trustees to Have No Pecuniary Interest in Contract. 

Sec. 16. No normal school trustee shall be awarded any contract for the 
erection, repair or the furnishing of any building belonging to any state 
normal school contemplated by this act, nor for tne furnishing of supplies 
or materials for the same; and no such trustee shall act as agent for any 
publishing house proposing to furnish books for such school. Any trustee 
who shall violate any of the above named provisions shall, upon conviction 
thereof, be fined in any sum not exceeding five hundred dollars, and his 
office as such trustee shall be declared vacant. 

CHAPTER 4— WASHINGTON STATE TRAINING SCHOOL. 

63. Name of School. 

Section 1. The reform school at Chehalis, in Lewis county, shall be 
known as. the Washington State Training School. 

64. Purposes of School. 

Sec. 2. The said school shall be for the keeping and reformatory training 
of all youths between the ages of eight and eighteen years who are residents 
of the State of Washington and who are committed to said institution by a 
court of competent jurisdiction. 

65. Causes for Commitment. 

Sec. 3. When a boy of sane mind between the ages of eight and sixteen 
years or a girl of sane mind between the ages of eight and eighteen (IS) 
years shall, in any court of record in this state, be found guilty of any crime 
except murder, or manslaughter, or highway robbery, or who for want of 
proper paternal care is growing up in mendicancy or vagrancy, or 'is in- 
corrigible, or has been expelled from a public school, and complaint thereof 
is made and properly sustained, the court may if in its opinion the accused 
is a proper subject therefor, instead of entering judgment cause an order to 
be entered that said boy or girl be sent to the State Training School, in pur- 
suance of the provisions of this act, and a copy of said order under seal or 
said court shall be sufficient warrant for carrying said boy or girl to the saia 
school and for his or her commitment to the custody of the superintendent 
thereof. 

66. To Be Managed by Board of Control. 

Sec 4. The State Board of Control shall have full charge of the manage- 
ment of the said State Training School. It shall have power to adopt rules 
and regulations for its government, and shall prescribe, in a manner con- 
sistent with the provisions of the laws of this state, the duties of the persons 
connected with the management of the institution. 

67. The Superintendent. 

Sec. 5. The State Board of Control shall employ a competent person who 
shall be known as the Superintendent of the Washington State Training 
School. He shall be the executive head of the said institution, and he shall 
hold his office during the pleasure of the State Board of Control. 



28 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



68. Superintendent May Appoint Assistants. 

Sec. 6. The Superintendent of the said State Training School shall have 
power to appoint all assistants and employees required for the management 
of the institution placed in his charge, the number of said assistants and 
employees to be determined and fixed by the State Board of Control. The 
Superintendent may at his pleasure discharge any person therein employed. 

69. Branches to Be Taught. 

Sec. 7. All branches taught in the first eight grades of the public schools 
shall be taught in the State Training School. The inmates shall be taught 
and trained in morality, temperance, frugality, and they shall also be in- 
structed in the different trades and callings of the two sexes, as far as pos- 
sible, in the scope of the institution. 

CHAPTER 5.— STATE SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF AND THE BLIND. 

70. To Be Managed by Board of Control. 

Section 1. The State School for the Deaf and the Blind at Vancouver 
shall be under the direction of the State Board of Control, and the funds for 
its maintenance shall be appropriated by the legislature of the State of 
Washington. 

71. The Annual Term. 

Sec 2. The regular term of said school shall begin on the second Wednes- 
day of September, and close on the second Wednesday of the following June. 

72. Tuition to Be Free. 

Sec. 3. The institution shall be free to residents of the State of Wash- 
ington who are between the ages of six and twenty-one years, and who are 
deaf and blind, or either deaf or blind: Provided, That they are free from 
loathsome or contagious diseases. 

73. May Admit Persons from Other States. 

Sec 4. The State Board of Control may admit to this school deaf or blind 
children from other states, but the parents or guardians of such children will 
be required to pay annually or quarterly in advance a sufficient amount to 
cover the cost of maintaining and educating such children. 

74. Qualifications of Superintendent. 

Sec 5. The superintendent shall be appointed by the State Board of Con- 
trol, for a term of four years, subject to removal at the discretion of the 
Board of Control. Said superintendent must be not less than 30 nor more 
than 70 years of age and must be practically acquainted with the school 
management and class instruction of the deaf and the blind, having had at 
least ten years actual experience in teaching in schools for the deaf and the 
blind. The superintendent shall have power to appoint all subordinates. 
The State Board of Control shall have power to fix the number of employes 
and the salary paid each and may discharge any employe at its discretion. 

75. School Clerks Must Report. 

Sec 6. It shall be the duty of the clerks of all school districts in the 
State of Washington at the time for making the annual reports to report to 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 29 



the school superintendent of their respective counties the names of all deaf, 
mute, or blind youth residing within their respective districts who are be- 
tween the age of six and twenty-one years. 

76. Report of County Superintendent. 

Sec 7 It shall be the duty of each county school superintendent to make 
a full and specific report of such deaf, mute or blind youth to the county com- 
missioners of his county at the regular meeting of said commissioners held 
in August in each year. He shall also, at the same time, transmit a duplicate 
copy of said report to the State Board of Control and the Superintendent of 
the School for the Deaf and the Blind. 

77. County Superintendents to Enforce Attendance. 

Sec 8 It shall be the duty of the parents or the guardians of all such 
deaf or blind youth to send them each year to the said State School for the 
Deaf and the Blind. The county superintendent shall take all action neces- 
sarv to enforce this section or [of] this act: Provided, That if satisfactory 
evidence shall be laid before the county superintendent that any deaf or blind 
youth is being properly educated at home or in some suitable institution other 
than the State School for the Deaf and the Blind, the county superintendent 
shall take no other action in such case further than to make a record of such 
fact, and take such steps as may be necessary to satisfy himself that such 
defective youth shall continue to receive a proper education. 

78. In Certain Cases County to Bear Expense of Transportation. 

Sec 9 If it appears to the satisfaction of the county commissioners that 
the parents of any such deaf or blind youth within their county are unable 
to bear the expense of sending and returning them to said state school, it 
shall then be the duty of the commissioners to send and return them to and 
from said school or to maintain them at said school during vacation at the 
expense of the county. 

79. Penalty for Neglect of Duty. 

Sec 10 Any parent, guardian, school superintendent or county commis- 
sioner who shall, without a proper cause, fail to carry into effect the pro- 
visions of this act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- 
viction thereof, upon the complaint of any officer or citizen of the county or 
state, before any justice of the peace or superior court, shall be fined m anj 
sum not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, in the discretion 
of the court. 

CHAPTER 6.— STATE INSTITUTION FOR FEEBLE MINDED. 

80. To Be Managed by Board of Control. 

Section 1 The State Institution for Feeble Minded now located at Medi- 
cal Lake shall be under the direction of the State Board of Control, and funds 
for its maintenance shall be appropriated by the Legislature of the State of 
Washington. 

81. Tuition to Be Free. 

Sec 2 The institution shall be free to residents of the State of Wash- 
ington who are between the ages of six and twenty-one years, and w.ho are 



g CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



idictic or feeble minded: Provided, That they are free from loathsome or 
contagious diseases: Provided, also, That children who are idiotic, epileptic 
or afflicted in any particular that renders them unfitted for companionship 
with other children shall be segregated and provided with suitable accommo- 
dations and care in separate wards or buildings: Provided further. That 
expert medical service shall be provided for this institution. 

82. May Admit Children From Other States. 

Sec. 3. The State Board of Control may admit to this institution feeble 
minded children from other states, but the parents or guardians of such 
children must be required to pay annually or quarterly in advance a sufficient 
amount to cover the cost of maintaining and educating such children. 

83. Reports of School Clerks. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the clerks of all school districts in the 
State of Washington at the time for making the annual reports to report to 
the school superintendent of their respective counties the names of all feeble 
minded youth residing within their respective districts who are between the 
age of six and twenty-one years. 

84. Reports of County Superintendents. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of each county school superintendent to make 
a full and specific report of such defective youth to the county commissioners 
of his county at the regular meeting of said commissioners held in August in 
each year. He shall also, at the same time, transmit a duplicate copy of said 
report to the State Board of Control. 

85. County Superintendents to Enforce Attendance. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of the parents or the guardians of all such 
defective youth to send them each year to the said state institution for feeble 
minded. The county superintendent shall take all action necessary to en- 
force this section of this act: Provided, That if satisfactory evidence shall be 
laid before the county superintendent that any defective youth is being 
properly educated at home or in some suitable institution other than the 
State Institution for Feeble Minded, the county superintendent shall take no 
other action in such case further than to make a record of such fact, and take 
such steps as may be necessary to satisfy himself that such defective youth 
shall continue to receive a proper education. 

86. In Certain Cases to Bear Expense of Transportation. 

Sec 7. If it appears to the satisfaction of the county commissioners that 
the parents of any such defective youth within their county are unable to 
bear the expenses of sending and returning them to said state school, it shall 
then be the duty of the commissioners to send and return them to and from 
said school. 

87. Penalty for Neglect of Duty. 

Sec 8. Any parent, guardian, school superintendent or county commis- 
sioner who shall, without a proper cause, fail to carry into effect the pro- 
visions of this act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- 
viction thereof, upon the complaint of any officer or citizen of the county or 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. 31 



state, before any justice of the peace or superior court, shall be fined in any 
sum not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, in the discretion 
of the court. 

TITLE III— GENERAL COMMON SCHOOL SYSTEM. 
CHAPTER 1.— GENERAL PROVISIONS. 

88. Common Schools Defined. 

Section 1. Common schools shall include schools that are maintained at 
public expense in each school district and under the control of boards of 
directors. Every common school, not otherwise provided for by law, shall be 
open to the admission of all children between the ages of six and twenty-one 
years residing in that school district. 

89. Subjects to Be Taught. 

Sec. 2. All common schools shall be taught in the English language, and 
instruction shall be given in the following branches, viz.: Reading, penman- 
ship, orthography, written arithmetic, mental arithmetic, geography, English 
grammar, physiology and hygiene with special reference to the effects of 
alcoholic stimulants and narcotics on the human system, history of the United 
States, and such other studies as may be prescribed by the State Board of 
Education. Attention must be given during' the entire course to the culti- 
vation of manners, and the fundamental principles of honesty, honor, indus- 
try and economy, to the laws of health, physical exercise, ventilation and 
temperature of the school room, and not less than ten minutes each week 
must be devoted to the systematic teaching of kindness to not only our 
domestic animals, but to all living creatures. 

90. School Day — Number of Hours — School Month. 

Sec. 3. A school day shall consist of six hours for all pupils above the 
primary grades, exclusive of an intermission at noon; but any board of di- 
rectors may fix as a school day for their district a less number of hours than 
six: Provided, That for pupils belonging to the primary grades the school 
day shall not be less than four hours, exclusive of an intermission at noon, 
and for pupils belonging to grades above the primary grade the minimum 
school day shall not be less than five hours, exclusive of an intermission at 
noon. In the absence of any by-law or order of the board of directors defining 
the school day for their district, any teacher may dismiss all pupils belonging 
to the primary grades after an attendance of four hours, exclusive of said 
intermission. The school month shall consist of twenty days, or four weeks 
of five days each, and the term "school year," for all matters pertaining to 
experience in teaching and for all matters pertaining to the granting of or 
renewing of certificates, shall consist of not fewer than nine school months. 

91. School Year. 

Sec. 4. The school year shall begin on the first day of .Inly and end with 
the last day of June. 

92. Contagious Diseases. 

Sec. 5. No teacher, pupil or janitor shall be permitted to attend school 
from any house in which smallpox, varioloid, scarlet fever, diphtheria or any 
other contagious or infectious diseases are prevalent. No teacher, pupil or 



32 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

janitor shall be permitted to return to school from any house where the above 
mentioned diseases, or any form of them, have, prevailed, until three weeks 
shall have elapsed from the beginning of convalescence of the patient, or upon 
the certificate of a registered physician in good standing that there is no 
danger of contagion. In case of whooping cough, chicken pox and measles, 
certified by a physician to be not of a malignant character, this rule shall 
not apply to teachers, pupils or janitors who have had the diseases and have 
entirely recovered from them: Provided, That no pupil, teacher or janitor 
can attend school or be employed who is afflicted with pulmonary tuberculosis. 

93. Pupils Shall Comply With Regulations. 

Sec. 6. All pupils who may attend the common schools shall comply with 
the regulations established in pursuance of the law for the government of the 
schools, shall pursue the required course of studies, and shall submit to the 
authority of the teachers of such schools. Continued and wilful disobedience 
or open defiance of authority of the teacher shall constitute good cause for 
expulsion from school. 

94. Minimum Length of Term. 

Sec. 7. All school districts in this state shall maintain school during at 
least six months each year. 

95. Women May Hold Offices. 

Sec. 8. Whenever the word "he" or "his" occurs in this act, referring to 
either the members of the city board of directors, county superintendents of 
common schools, city superintendents, directors, clerks, State Board of Edu- 
cation or other school officers, it shall be understood to mean also "she" or 
"her," and any woman possessing all of the qualifications of an elector except 
as to sex, and possessing all of the other qualifications required by law for 
such offices, shall be eligible to hold such offices. 

96. To Be Free from Sectarian Influence. 

Sec. 9. All schools maintained or supported wholly or in part by the 
public funds shall be forever free from sectarian control or influence. 

CHAPTER 2.— DIVISION OF TERRITORY. 
Article I. — Kinds of Districts. 

97. County School District Defined. 

Section 1. For purposes of supervision and administration, each county 
in the state shall constitute one county school district. 

98. School Districts of the First Class Defined. 

Sec. 2. Any school district in this state containing a city of the first class 
or of the second class, or containing a city having the population requisite 
for a city of the first class or of the second class, as shown by any regular or 
special census, shall be a school district of the first class. 

99. School Districts of the Second Class Defined. 

Sec 3. Any school district in this state containing a city of the third 
class or of the fourth class, or containing a city having the population 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



33 



requisite for a city of the third or of the fourth class, as shown by any reg- 
ular or special census, shall be a school district of the second class. 

100. Districts of the Third Class Defined. 

Sec. 4. All other school districts shall be school districts of the third class. 

101. Consolidated Districts Defined. 

Sec. 5. Any school district which has been formed by the consolidation 
of two or more school districts shall be designated as a consolidated school 
district. 

102. Joint Districts Defined. 

Sec. 6. Any school district composed of territory in two or more counties 
shall be designated as a joint school district. 

103. Union High School Districts Defined. 

Sec. 7. Any school district established for the purpose of maintaining a 
high school by the union of two or more contiguous districts in the same 
county shall be designated as a union high school district. 

Article II. — Corporate Existence and Powers. 

104. How Designated. 

Section 1. The term "School District," as used in this act, is declared to 
mean the territory under the jurisdiction of a single board designated as a 
Board of School Directors, and shall be organized in form and manner as 

hereinafter provided, and shall be known as (here insert name of 

city in case of districts of first or second class) School District No. , 

County, State of Washington: Provided, That all school districts 

now existing as shown by the records of the county superintendent ai'e hereby 
recognized as legally organized districts, subject to the classification of article 
1 of this chapter. 

105. Shall Constitute Body Corporate. 

Sec 2. A school district shall constitute a body corporate and shall pos- 
sess all the usual powers of a corporation for public purposes, and in that 
name and style may sue and be sued, purchase, hold and sell such personal 
and real estate, and enter into such obligations as are authorized by law; 
and the title to all school buildings or other property, real or personal, owned 
by any such school district shall, upon the organization of a district under 
the provisions of this act, vest immediately in the new district, and the board 
of directors of such school district shall have exclusive control of the same 
for all purposes herein contemplated. 

106. Each City Must Be Within One School District. 

Sec 3. Each incorporated city in the state shall be comprised in one 
school district, and shall be under the control of one board of directors: 
Provided, That nothing in this section shall be so construed as to prevent the 
extension of such city district a reasonable distance beyond the limits of 
such city: And provide! furlln'r. That nothing in this section shall be so 
construed as to change or disturb the boundaries of any school district or- 

— i 



34 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



ganized prior to the incorporation of any city, except in cases of incorporation 
of cities lying partly in two or more school districts organized prior to the 
incorporation of such city, or the extension of the boundaries of cities beyond 
the limits of the school districts in which they are situated, or in cases where 
two or more cities unite, as provided by law: And provided further, That 
the fact of the issuance of bonds by school districts, heretofore or hereafter, 
shall not prevent the formation of new school districts, whether or not such 
bonds have been redeemed, canceled, or paid in whole or in part and shall 
not prevent the transfer or uniting with another school district of a portion 
or the whole of a district where bonds have been or may hereafter be issued. 

107. May Purchase School Lands for Site. 

Sec. 4. That any school district may purchase, under the provisions of 
law governing the sale thereof, a school house site or sites of not less than 
three acres nor more than ten acres each, of any school lands of the State of 
Washington. 

CHAPTER 3.— FORMATION, ALTERATION, AND CONSOLIDATION OF 

DISTRICTS. 
Article I. — Formation of New Districts. 

108. Petition to Be Signed by Five Heads of Families. 

Section 1. For the purpose of organizing a new district, a petition in 
writing shall be made to the county superintendent, signed by at least five 
heads of families residing within the boundaries of the proposed new dis- 
trict, which petition shall describe the boundaries of the proposed new dis- 
trict and give the names of all the children of school age residing within the 
boundaries of such proposed new district, at the date of presenting said 
petition. 

109. Notices and Hearing. 

Sec. 2. The county superintendent shall give notice to the parties inter- 
ested by causing notices to be posted at least twenty (20) days prior to the 
time appointed by him for considering said petition, in at least three of the 
most public places in the proposed new district, and one on the school house 
door of each district affected by the proposed change, and in one of the most 
public places of the territory affected by the proposed change. On the day 
fixed in the notice, he shall proceed to hear said petition, and if he deem it 
advisable to grant the petition he shall make an order establishing said dis- 
trict and describing the boundaries thereof and shall certify his action to the 
iboard of county commissioners at their next regular meeting. 

110. School Must Be Taught at Least One Month. 

Sec. 3. No new district formed by the subdivision of an old one shall be 
entitled to any share of public money belonging to the old district until a 
school has actually been taught one month in the new district and unless 
within eight months from the order of the county superintendent granting 
such new district a school is opened, the action making a new district shall 
be void, and all elections or appointments of directors or clerks made in con- 
sequence of such action, and all rights and office of parties so elected or 
appointed shall cease and determine, and all taxes which may have been 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



3: 



levied in such old district shall be valid and binding upon the real and per- 
sonal property of such new district, and shall be collected and paid into the 
school fund of the old district. 

111. New District Entitled to Certain Funds. 

Sec. 4. When a new district is formed from one or more old districts it 
shall be entitled to a just share of the school money to the credit of the one 
or more old districts, from which the new district is formed, at the time the 
petition was granted to establish the new district. And the county superin- 
tendent (or in case of an appeal, the board of county commissioners),' shall 
divide such money and also such money as may, for the current year, after- 
ward be apportioned to the said one or more old districts, according to the 
number of school children resident in the new district, as may be ascertained 
by a census taken for that purpose: Provided, That the new district shall 
be entitled to all school district tax levied within the boundaries of the new 
district, for the current year in which the new district is formed. And if 
such tax, or any part of it, has already been collected and placed to the 
credit of the aforementioned one or more old districts, it shall be the duty 
of the county treasurer, upon the order of the county superintendent, to 
transfer the money received from such special tax to the credit of the new 
district. 

112. Value of Property — County Superintendent May Hear Testimony. 

Sec. 5. At the hearing for the formation of a new school district, the 
■county superintendent shall, in case the petition is granted, hear testimony 
offered by any person or school district interested therein, for the purpose 
of finding and determining the amount and value of all school property of 
whatever nature involved in the proposed action, the nature and amount and 
value of all bonded, warrant and other indebtedness of the original school 
district or districts out of whose territory such new district is formed, in- 
cluding all legal uncompleted obligations then existing, and in so doing shall 
•consider the amount of such outstanding indebtedness incurred for current 
■expenses, the amount incurred for permanent improvements, and the loca- 
tion of such improvements, and shall make an equitable adjustment of all 
property, debts and liabilities among the districts involved. 

He shall make a full record of all such findings and terms of adjustment 
and the decision of said county superintendent shall be final unless appealed 
from in the manner provided by law, in which case the decision of the board 
of county commissioners shall be final. 

113. Commissioners to Make Appropriate Levies. 

Sec. 6. When a new school district is formed in the manner provided by 
this article it shall be the duty of the county commissioners to provide by 
appropriate levies on the property of such new district, in the manner pro- 
vided by law, for the payment of such indebtedness as may be imposed upon 
it by the decision of the county superintendent, or in case of appeal by the 
board of county commissioners. 



36 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



Aeticle II. — Alterations of Boundaries of School Districts. 

114. What Must Be Included in Petition. 

Section 1. For the purpose of transferring territory from one district to 
another or enlarging the boundaries of any school district, a petition in 
writing shall be presented to the county superintendent, signed by a majority 
of heads of families residing in the territory which it is proposed to transfer 
or include, or in case there be no family resident in such territory then by 
the board of directors in one of the districts affected by such proposed 
change, which petition shall describe the change which it is proposed to 
have made. It shall also state the reason for desiring said change, and the 
number of children of school age, if any, residing in the territory to be 
transferred. For such proposed transfer of territory the notices shall be 
posted and the hearing and appeal shall be the same as for the formation 
of a new district. 

115. Value of Property — County Superintendent May Hear Testimony. 

Sec 2. At the hearing for the alteration of any school district the county 
superintendent shall, in case the petition is granted, hear testimony offered 
by any person or school district, for the purpose of finding and determining 
the value and amount of any school property of whatever nature involved 
in the proposed action, the nature and amount and value of all bonded, war- 
rant and other indebtedness of each school district affected by the action, 
including all legal uncompleted obligations then existing, and in so doing 
shall consider the amount of such outstanding indebtedness incurred for 
current expenses, the amount incurred for permanent improvements and the 
location of such improvements, and shall make an equitable adjustment of 
all property, debts and liabilities among the districts involved. 

He shall make a full report of all such findings and terms of adjustment 
and the decision of said county superintendent shall be final unless appealed 
from in the manner provided by law, in which case the decision of the board 
of county commissioners shall be final. 

116. Commissioners Must Make Certain Levies. 

Sec. 3. In case of the alteration of any school district, in the manner 
provided by this article, it shall be the duty of the board of county com- 
missioners to provide by appropriate levies on the property of such district, 
in the manner provided by law, for the payment of such indebtedness as 
may be imposed upon it by the decision of the county superintendent, or in 
case of appeal, by the board of county commissioners. 

Article III. — Alteration of Boundaries by Extension of City Limits. 

117. When Annexation Is Completed. 

Section 1. Whenever an incorporated city shall extend its limits in the 
manner provided by law, so as to include all or a part of one or more school 
districts, the territory so included shall not be deemed annexed for school 
purposes until the 30th day of June next succeeding the date of annexation 
for municipal purposes, at which time the county superintendent shall de- 
clare the territory added to the limits of said city to be a part of the school 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 37 

district embracing said city: Provided, That when a school house is located 
within the territory annexed for municipal purposes, and yet remains the 
most accessible school for a part of the school district left outside of the 
territory so annexed to such incorporated city, the county superintendent 
may annex all or any part of such school district to the school district 
embracing such city. 

118. County Superintendent to Adjust Property. 

Sec. 2. At the time of declaring any territory to be added to the limits 
of a school district embracing an incorporated city, as provided in section 1 
of this article, the county superintendent shall make an equitable adjustment 
of all property, including current funds and taxes, and of all debts and lia- 
bilities between the districts involved, and shall certify his action to the 
board of county commissioners. Before making said adjustment, he shall 
give not less than ten days' written notice to the directors of each district 
affected by such change, fixing the time and place of the hearing before him. 

119. County Superintendent to Hear Testimony and Adjust Liabilities. 

Sec. 3. At such hearing the county superintendent shall hear testimony 
offered by any person or school district interested therein pertaining to the 
value and amount of any school property, of whatever nature, including cur- 
rent funds and taxes, involved in the proposed action, the assessed value of 
all taxable property in said districts, the nature, amount and value of all 
bonded, warrant and other indebtedness of each school district affected by 
the action, including all legal uncompleted obligations then existing; and 
whenever the territory so added to the school district embracing such incor- 
porated city shall include a part only of the school districts from which 
such territory shall be taken, he shall consider the amount of outstanding 
indebtedness, of each of said school districts, incurred for current expenses, 
the amount incurred for permanent improvements and the location of such 
improvements, for the purpose of making such equitable adjustment of all 
property, debts and liabilities among the districts involved. He shall make 
a full report of his findings and terms of adjustment, and the decision of 
said county superintendent shall be final unless appealed from in the manner 
provided by law, in which case, the decision of the board of county commis- 
sioners shall be final. 

120. District to Retain Corporate Existence Until Liabilities Are Paid. 
Sec. 4. Whenever t,he territory so added to a school district, embracing 

an incorporated city, shall include the whole of the school district from 
which such territory was taken, such district shall retain its corporate exist- 
ence so far as necessary for that purpose, until its indebtedness as deter- 
mined by such adjustment shall have been paid in full, and the officers of 
the district embracing such incorporated city to which its territory shall 
have been added shall have the power, and it shall be their duty, to provide, 
by appropriate levies upon such old district or districts, for the payment of 
such indebtedness: Provided, That when such payment or indebtedness is 
fully made, the clerk of the district shall enter the fact upon the records 
of the district, and report the same to the county superintendent of schools. 



38 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

Abticle IV. — Formation of Consolidated Districts. 

121. County Superintendent May Establish District. 

Section 1. Upon receipt of a petition signed by five heads of families 
of two or more adjoining districts in the same county the county superin- 
tendent may organize and establish a consolidated school district. The post- 
ing of notices, the hearing, and the appeal shall be the same as in the 
change of territory from one district to another. 

122. All Boards to Constitute New Board Until Election. 

Sec. 2. When two or more districts are consolidated by the provisions 
of this act, or where two or more districts are consolidated by the uniting 
of two or more incorporated cities or towns, as provided by law, all the 
directors of the several districts so consolidated shall constitute the board 
of directors of the new district so formed, and shall have all the powers and 
authority conferred by the laws of this state upon school district directors, 
until the next annual school election in said district, at which time there 
shall be elected three directors for said district, in the manner provided by 
law, who shall hold their respective offices as provided for the officers of 
new districts. 

123. When District Shall Not Be Entitled to Bonus. 

Sec 3. Whenever, by reason of detachments of territory subsequent to 
the formation of a consolidated district, the boundaries of such district shall 
become practically co-extensive with the boundaries of a district prior to 
the formation of such consolidated district, it shall be the duty of the county 
superintendent to report such fact to the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion at the time of making his annual report, and said district shall no 
longer be entitled to the bonus hereinafter provided for consolidated districts. 

124. Directors of City District to Constitute Board. 

Sec 4. When two or more districts are consolidated, only one of which 
contains an incorporated city, the directors of the district which contains 
such incorporated city shall become the directors for the consolidated district 
as soon as the consolidation is legally completed. 

125. County Superintendent to Number and Describe District. 

Sec 5. The county superintendent of any county in which new districts 
are formed by the uniting of two or more districts, or by the incorporating 
of any city or town lying partly in two or more school districts, shall upon 
being notified of such action by the board of directors of such new district, 
proceed to designate such new district by a number not the same as that 
of either component district or of any existing district, and to make a record 
of the boundaries thereof, and he shall certify such facts to the board of 
county commissioners, to the county treasurer, and to the clerk of the new 
district formed. 

126. New District Entitled to Property. 

Sec 6. All school districts formed by the uniting of two or more dis- 
tricts, as provided for in this act, shall be entitled to the public property of 
the school districts so united and to all current funds in excess of outstanding 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. 39 

indebtedness other than bonded indebtedness, and the county superintendent 
shall transfer all such excess funds to the new district in accordance with 
this provision and shall certify such transfer to the county treasurer: Pro- 
vided, That for the purpose of apportionment the consolidated district shall 
be considered one district: Provided further, That for the purpose of appor- 
tionment the consolidated district shall be credited with two thousand days - 
attendance in addition to actual attendance for each district, less one, so 
consolidated. 

127. District to Retain Corporate Existence Until Liabilities Are Paid. 

Sec. 7. Each school district composing said consolidated district shall 
retain its corporate existence so far as necessary for that purpose until its 
indebtedness has been paid in full, and the county commissioners shall have 
the power and it shall be their duty to provide by appropriate levies upon 
such old district or districts for the payment of such indebtedness: Provided. 
That when such payment of indebtedness is fully made the clerk of the dis- 
trict shall enter the fact upon the records of the district and report the same 
to the county superintendent of schools. 

128. Organization of Board and Election of Clerk. 

Sec. 8. When two or more school districts shall be united by the pro- 
visions of this act, the boards of directors of the several districts shall, 
within thirty days thereafter, meet and organize the new board by the 
election of one of their number as president of the board. They shall elect 
a clerk for said district and the clerks of the several districts so united 
shall deliver to said clerk all books, papers and records belonging to their 
respective offices. The clerk of the new district thus formed shall immedi- 
ately notify the county superintendent of the organization of the board of 
the new district. 

Article V. — Formation of Joint School Districts. 

129. Joint District May Be Organized. 

Section 1. When the public good requires it, a school district may be 
formed of contiguous territory lying in two or more counties, and such dis- 
tricts shall be known as joint school districts. They shall be designated by 
a separate number for each county in which any portion of their territory 
may lie. 

1-30. Petition Shall Be Presented. 

Sec. 2. For the purpose of forming such joint districts, a petition shall 
be presented, drawn and signed as prescribed for the formation of other 
school districts, and a copy of such petition shall be presented to the county 
superintendent of each county affected by the formation of such proposed 
joint district. 

131. Superintendents Shall Post Notices. 

Sec 3. The superintendents of all counties affected by the formation of 
the proposed joint district shall confer and shall mutually agree upon the 
time and place of investigating said petition, and upon such agreement each 
shall notify the school electors of the district or districts of his county 



4 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



affected by the formation of the proposed joint district, by posting notices 
as required in the formation of other school districts, one of which notices 
shall be posted upon the school house door of each district affected by the 
formation of the proposed joint district, and one of whicn shall be posted 
in some conspicuous place in the territory which it is proposed to include 
in the proposed joint district, in each county; and at the time and place 
mentioned in said notices the several superintendents shalt meet and jointly 
investigate all matters pertaining to the formation of the proposed joint 
district. 

132. Superintendents Shall Appoint Directors. 

Sec, 4. If at the investigation provided for in the preceding section the 
several county superintendents shall mutually agree that said district should 
be formed, they shall appoint a board of directors to serve until the next 
regular election, and the directors appointed shall qualify within ten days. 
At the next regular election a board of directors shall be elected as provided 
in the case of other new districts. 

133. Shall File Certificate and Oath. 

Sec 5. Every director or clerk of the joint district shall file his certificate 
of election and oath of office with the county superintendent of the county 
in which the school house is located, and his signature with the treasurer 
of the same county. 

134. How Vacancies Are to Be Filled. 

Sec. 6. Vacancies in the office of director of a joint district shall be filled 
by appointment by the county superintendent in whose county the officer 
vacating resided while serving, and a copy of such appointment, with the 
oath endorsed thereon, shall be filed in the office of each county superin- 
tendent. 

135. Transfers by Mutual Consent of Superintendents. 

Sec 7. After a joint school district has been formed, all transfers of 
territory to and from said district shall be made by mutual agreement and 
joint, action between the county superintendents of the several counties in 
which the territory of said joint district shall be embraced, and all notices 
of such transfers shall be signed by all superintendents in whose counties 
the territory of the joint district shall lie. 

136. Superintendents to Keep Transcripts. 

Sec 8. The superintendents of the several counties affected by the forma- 
tion of any joint school district shall make and keep a correct transcript of 
the entire boundary of such district, and shall certify the same to the county 
treasurer and county auditor of each county, and all transfers of territory 
to or from such joint district shall likewise be certified to such officers, said 
certificates being signed by all county superintendents in whose counties any 
part of the territory of such joint district shall be located. A map of all 
joint districts formed under the provisions of this section shall be filed with 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction within thirty days after the forma- 
tion of such districts. Said maps shall indicate the number by which the 
district is designated in each county, and it shall also show the location of 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 41 



the school house in such district, if there be one. Said map shall be certified 
to by all county superintendents in whose counties any part of such joint 
district shall be embraced. 

137. Provisions for Apportionments. 

Sec. 9. For the purpose of the apportionment of state school funds the 
district shall be considered as belonging to the county in which the school 
building is located: Provided, That the county treasurer in whose county 
the school house is not located shall transfer quarterly all moneys to the 
treasurer of the county where the school house is located, and the same shall 
be placed to the credit of said joint district. 

138. Superintendents to Hear Testimony and Adjust Property. 

Sec. 10. At the hearing for the formation of a joint school district, the 
county superintendents shall, in case the petition is granted, hear testimony 
offered by any person or school district interested therein, for the purpose 
of finding and determining the amount and value of all school property of 
whatever nature involved in the proposed action, the nature and amount and 
value of all bonded, warrant and other indebtedness of the original school 
district or districts out of whose territory such joint district is formed, 
including all legal uncompleted obligations then existing, and in so doing 
shall consider the amount of such outstanding indebtedness incurred for 
current expenses, the amount incurred for permanent improvements, and the 
location of such improvements, and shall make an equitable adjustment of 
all property, debts and liabilities among the districts involved. 

They shall make a full record of all such findings and terms of adjust- 
ment, and the decision of said county superintendent shall be final. 

139. Commissioners to Make Levies to Pay Indebtedness. 

Sec. 11. When a joint school district is formed in the manner provided 
by this article, it shall be the duty of the board of county commissioners to 
provide by appropriate levies on the property of such joint district, in the 
manner provided by law, for the payment of such indebtedness as may be 
imposed upon it by the decision of the county superintendents. 

14C. Reports to Be Made to Each Superintendent. 

Sec 12. All reports from joint districts shall be made in full to the 
county superintendent of each county affected thereby: Provided, That any 
county superintendent may order the segregation of any items of such report 
so as to show separately the numbers or amounts from each county affected 
thereby. 

Article VI. — Formation of Union High School Districts. 
141. Initial Procedure of Formation. 

Section 1. Whenever the residents of two or more adjacent or contiguous 
school districts in the same county may wish to unite for the purpose of 
establishing a union high school, the clerks of the districts, by order of the 
boards of directors, shall, upon a written or printed petition of five or more 
heads of families of their respective districts, each submit in writing a state- 
ment of the proposed union of such districts, together with the question of 
the advisability of the formation. of such union school district to the county 



4.2 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

superintendent of schools, who shall within fifteen days report in writing 
to the said clerks his approval or disapproval, his action to be based upon 
an investigation made by him to determine whether or not either school 
district so applying already maintains or is capable itself of maintaining a 
high school without uniting with another district, or with other districts, 
or whether or not the educational and other conditions of the districts desir- 
ing to so unite are such as to insure the maintenance of a high school in 
fact according to the provisions of this article. • 

142. The Elections. 

Sec. 2. If the county superintendent shall approve of the formation of 
the proposed union high school district each of said clerks shall call a meet- 
ing of the voters of such school districts at some convenient place by posting 
written or printed notices in like manner as is provided for calling annual 
school district elections. If a majority of the voters of each district shall 
vote to unite for the purposes herein stated, the clerk of each district so 
proposing to unite shall, within ten days after the election, notify the county 
superintendent of the holding of and the result of the election, and the 
county superintendent shall, immediately after the receipt of said notices, 
designate such union high school district as "Union High School District 

No , County," and shall so notify the clerks of the 

several districts so uniting. 

143. Organization of the Board of Directors. 

Sec. 3. The boai'ds of directors of the several districts so voting to unite 
shall constitute the board of directors of such union high school district, and 
shall within ten days after the elections at which the districts voted to unite 
meet and organize by electing one of their number president of the board, 
and selecting their clerk for such union high school district, and the clerk 
and president chosen at such meeting shall hold their respective offices until 
the next annual school district election and until their successors are elected 
and qualified; and the election of president and clerk shall occur annually 
thereafter, on the second Saturday next succeeding the date at wnlch tne 
newly elected school district officers shall enter upon the discnarge of their 
duties: Provided, That in union districts consisting of three or more school 
districts the board of directors of said union district shall be composed of 
the chairman of the several boards of directors of the districts comprised in 
such union district. 

144. Notices of Organization. 

Sec. 4. The clerk of the union high school district shall within ten days 
after the organization of the district, by the election of a president and clerk, 
notify the county superintendent of the organization of said district, and 
the county superintendent shall also, within ten days after receiving notice 
of the organization of the district, notify the county treasurer and county 
auditor of the fact of its organization, together with the numbers of the 
constituent districts and the names of the directors and clerk. 

145. District May Be Enlarged. 

Sec. 5. After the formation of a union high school district the boundaries 
of the same may be enlarged in the manner prescribed for the formation of 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 43 

the said union high school district: Provided, That the board of directors 
of the union high school district shall not be reorganized, but that the chair- 
man of the district, or the chairmen of the districts, so united to the union 
high school districts shall be added to the board of directors of the union 
high school until the next ensuing annual school election. 

146. Course of Study. 

Sec. 6. The directors of such union districts shall determine what grade 
or grades above the grammar grade of the state common school course of 
study shall be pursued and maintained in such schools: Provided, That the 
course of study for all high school grades shall not be inconsistent with the 
laws of this state, and shall be such as the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion shall approve. If local conditions admit of it, the directors of any union 
high school district may, at their discretion, admit pupils residing in such 
union district, belonging to a grade lower than the high school grades, but 
no pupil belonging to a grade lower than the seventh shall ever be admitted 
to any such union high school. The teacher or teachers of such union high 
schools shall keep such records and make such reports as are required of 
teachers in the districts composing such union districts, and shall make such 
other reports as may be required by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

147. Powers of Directors and Clerks. 

Sec. 7. The board of directors and clerk provided for in the preceding 
section shall, in all matters relating to the union high schools of such dis- 
trict, possess all the powers herein provided for other school district officers, 
including the power to recommend special levies of taxes for the purpose 
of furnishing transportation to and from school and other additional school 
facilities for the union district, or for the payment of teachers' wages, or for 
the purchase of fuel, supplies, globes, maps, charts, books of reference or 
other appliances for teaching, or for any or all of these purposes. They shall 
discharge all the duties and be governed by the laws herein provided for 
school district officers. 

148. Apportionments to District. 

Sec. 8. Each union high school district shall be entitled to and shall 
receive apportionments from the state annual school fund in the manner 
provided by law for the apportionments from the state annual fund to other 
school districts. 

149. Taxpayers May Appeal. 

Sec. 9. In case any resident taxpayer shall feel aggrieved at the forma- 
tion of a union high school district, or at the refusal of the county superin- 
tendent to approve of its formation, he shall be entitled to an appeal as 
provided in this act. 

150. When a District May Withdraw. 

Sec. 10. When five or more years have elapsed from the dale upon which 
two or more school districts united for the purpose of forming a union high 
school district, any or all of the said districts may withdraw from the said 
union. No district, however, can be legally withdrawn until a majority of 
the votes cast at a special election called by the directors of the district 



44 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



which proposes to withdraw are in favor of withdrawal. The liabilities and 
assets of the union high school district shall be justly apportioned by the 
county superintendent between the district which has voted to withdraw and 
the remaining portion of the union high school district. 

Article VII. — Miscellaneous. 

151. When County Superintendent May Discontinue District. 

Section 1. In case any school district shall have fewer than five children 
of school age or shall not have maintained at least the minimum amount of 
school required by law, during the past preceding school year, or in case of 
territory which is not now a part of any school district, or in which there 
are no children of school age, the county superintendent shall have power 
to attach such territory to some contiguous school district or school districts 
without being petitioned to do so: Provided, That if any school district so 
disorganized shall have any outstanding bonds, warrants or other indebted- 
ness, the assessable property of such district shall be holden for the pay- 
ment of such indebtedness. 

152. County Auditor Shall Certify to County Assessor. 

Sec 2. In all cases involving the alteration of school district boundaries, 
the county auditor shall certify the action of the county superintendent or 
the county commissioners to the county assessor. 

153. No District to Be Less Than Four Sections. 

Sec. 3. In forming new districts, or transferring territory from one 
district to another, or changing boundaries of districts, no school district 
shall contain less than four sections of land, unless said district can support 
six months' school per year after such change of territory: Provided, That 
the county superintendent may establish a district with less than four sec- 
tions on a petition signed by eighty per cent, of all the heads of families 
of the proposed district, by and with the consent of the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction. 

CHAPTER 4.— OFFICERS— THEIR POWERS AND DUTIES. 

Article I. — County Superintendent of Schools. 

154. Election and Oath of Office. 

Section 1. A county superintendent of schools shall be elected in each 
county of the state at each general election, whose term of office shall begin 
on the first Monday in September next succeeding his election and continue 
for two years and until his successor is elected and qualified. He shall take 
the oath of office and shall give an official bond in a sum to be fixed by the 
board of county commissioners. He may appoint a deputy, who shall qualify 
in the same manner as the county superintendent, and perform the duties 
of the office, subject, however, to revision by the county superintendent: 
Provided, That in any county having more than one hundred school districts, 
the county superintendent, with the approval of the board of county commis- 
sioners, may appoint such clerical assistance as may be necessary to perform 
the work of his office properly. The county commissioners of each county 
shall fill any vacancy that may occur in the office of county superintendent 
until the next general election. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. ' 45 



155. Eligibility. 

Sec. 2. No person shall be eligible to hold the office of county superin- 
tendent of schools who shall not at the time of his election or appointment 
have taught in the public schools of this state two school years of nine 
months each, and who shall not at the time of such election or appointment 
hold a first grade or higher certificate. 

156. Shall File Evidence With County Auditor. 

Sec 3. The county auditor shall not place the name of any person upon 
the official ballot as a candidate for the office of county superintendent of 
schools unless such person shall have filed in the office of the county auditor, 
at least twenty days before the date at which the election is to be held, proof 
of having taught in the schools of the state one school year of nine months, 
together with a copy of the certificate required by this act. 

157. Powers and Duties. 

Sec. 4. Each county superintendent shall have the power and it shall be 
his duty — 

First. To exercise a careful supervision over the common schools of his 
county, and to see that all the provisions of the common school laws are 
observed and followed by the teachers, supervisors and school officers. 

Second. To visit the schools in his county, counsel with directors and 
teachers, and assist in every possible way to advance the educational inter- 
ests of his county. 

Third. To distribute promptly all reports, laws, forms, circulars, and 
instructions which he may receive for the use of the schools and the teachers, 
and to execute the instructions and decisions of the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction, as provided by law. 

Fourth. To enforce the outline course of study adopted by the State 
Board of Education, or the course of study adopted by any other lawful 
authority, and to enforce the rules and regulations required in the examina- 
tion of teachers. 

Fifth. He shall prepare an outline course of study for the books adopted 
in districts of the third class when the needs of the county demand: Pro- 
vided, That said outline course of study shall be in harmony with the course 
adopted by the State Board of Education of this state. 

Sixth. To keep on file and preserve in his office the biennial reports of 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction and of the county superintendent 
of his county. 

Seventh. To keep in good and well-bound books, to be furnished by the 
county commissioners, records of his official acts. 

Eighth. To preserve carefully all reports of school officers and teachers, 
and at the close of his term of office to deliver to his successor all records, 
books, documents and papers belonging to the office, taking a receipt for the 
same, which shall be filed in the office of the county auditor. 

Ninth. To administer oaths and affirmations to school directors, teachers 
and other persons, on all official matters connected with or relating to 
schools, but he shall not make or colled any charge or fee for so doin^. 



46 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

Tenth. To keep in a suitable book an official record of all persons under 
contract to teach in the schools of his county showing the number of the 
school district, the date of the contract, the names of the contracting parties, 
and the date of the expiration of the teacher's certificate and the grade 
thereof, the salary paid, and the date of commencing school, with the length 
of term in weeks, which data shall be immediately reported to the county 
auditor. 

Eleventh. To make an annual report to the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction on the first day of August of each year, for the school year 
ending June 30, next preceding. The report shall contain an abstract of 
the reports made to him by the district clerks, and such other matters as 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall direct. And it shall be the 
duty of the county commissioners and county auditor in every county 
wherein the county superintendent is about to retire from office to withhold 
the warrant of his salary for the month of July until they shall have re- 
ceived a certificate from the Superintendent of Public Instruction that the 
annual report of such county superintendent has been made in a satis- 
factory manner; and it shall be the duty of the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction to transmit such certificate to the auditor immediately upon 
receiving such satisfactory report. 

Tioelfth. To keep in his office a full and correct transcript of the 
boundaries of each school district in the county, including joint districts. 
In case the boundaries of said districts are conflicting or incorrectly de- 
scribed, he shall change, harmonize and describe them, and at their next 
regular meeting he shall certify his action to the county commissioners of 
his county, and shall file with them a complete transcript of the boundaries 
of all school districts affected by his action, which shall be ente" )d upon the 
journal of said board and become a part of their records. The iiinty super- 
intendent shall, on request, furnish the district clerks with descriptions of 
the boundaries of their respective districts. 

Thirteenth. To appoint school district officers in districts of the second 
and of the third class, to fill vacancies caused by death, resignation, failure 
to hold election, failure to qualify before the day for taking office, and ab- 
sence from the district for a period of ninety days or failure to attend four 
consecutive meetings of the board without a reasonable excuse; to appoint 
school officers for any new districts: Provided, That when any new district 
is organized, such of the school officers of the old district as reside within 
the limits of the new one shall be such school officers of the new one, and 
the vacancies in the old district shall be filled by appointment. 

Fourteenth. To apportion school funds as provided in Chapter 5, Title 
III, of this act. 

Fifteenth. To grant such temporary certificates and to conduct such 
examination of teachers and make such records thereof as may be prescribed 
by law: Provided, That he shall give ten days' notice of such examination 
by publication in some newspaper of general circulation published in his 
county, or if there be no newspaper, then by posting up hand bills, or other- 
wise. 

Sixteenth. To hold teachers' institutes according to law, and to conduct 
such other meetings of the teachers of his county as may be for the best 
interests of the schools. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



47 



Seventeenth. To hold each year, if he deem it advisable, one or more direc- 
tors* meetings, the expense of which shall be audited and paid by the county 
commissioners: Provided, That such expense shall not exceed the sum of 
one hundred dollars in any one year. 

Eighteenth. To suspend any teacher who may be teaching in his county, 
against whom he files charges, and in case of such suspension he shall im- 
mediately notify the Superintendent of Public Instruction of his action, and 
shall clearly and fully state his reasons for said action. 

Nineteenth. To furnish registers and clerks' record books to all districts 
of his county upon a requisition from the school district clerk, and he shall 
receive pay for such books by warrants drawn against the said school dis- 
trict by the county auditor. At the end of each quarter of the fiscal year 
he shall turn over to the treasurer of his county all moneys derived from 
the sale of such books, together with a detailed statement of the sources 
from which said funds were derived. He shall also at the same time send 
a copy of said statement to the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

Ticentieth. To forthwith enforce the provisions of section 14, article 7 [5], 
chapter 4, of title III of this Code, and to notify the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction whenever any school board of such county shall fail to comply 
with the provisions required. 

158. He Shall Require Reports. 

Sec. 5. The county superintendent shall require all reports of school dis- 
trict officers, teachers and others to be made promptly as required by law. 
He shall see that the teacher's register is kept in accordance with law and 
the instructions of the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and that the 
records of the school district clerks are properly kept. He shall require the 
oath of office of all school district officers to be filed in his office, and shall 
furnish a directory of all. such officers to the county treasurer, upon blanks 
furnished by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, as soon as the election 
or appointment of such officers is determined and their oaths placed on file. 

159. Office Days. 

Sec. 6. He shall keep his office open for the transaction of official busi- 
ness such days each week (at least one day each week) as the duties of the 
office may require, and shall keep posted on the door of his office a notice 
of said office days and hours of such days. 

160. Commissioners Shall Furnish Office and Supplies. 

Sec. 7. The county commissioners shall provide the county superintend- 
ent with a suitable office at the county seat, and all necessary blanks, books, 
stationery, postage, printing and other expenses of his office shall be paid 
by the county treasurer out of the county funds upon a sworn statement 
made quarterly and allowed by the county commissioners: Provided; That, 
as to the necessity for the printing and issuance of circulars of information 
pertaining to the schools of his county, for the use of schools, school officers 
and teachers, the county superintendent shall determine. 

161. Shall Receive Actual Traveling Expenses. 

Sec. 8. For all actual and necessary travel in the performance of their 
official duties and in attendance on the convention of county superintendents, 



48 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



called by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, county superintendents 
shall be allowed actual traveling expenses. 

Article II. — District Officers — General Provisions. 

162. Election and Eligibility. 

Section 1. Directors of school districts shall be elected at the regular 
annual school elections. No person shall be eligible to the office of school 
director who is not able to read and write the English language. 

163. Powers and Duties of Directors. 

Sec 2. Every board of directors, unless otherwise specially provided by 
law, shall have power and it shall be its duty: 

First. To employ, for not more than one year, and for sufficient cause 
to discharge teachers, and to fix, alter, allow and order paid their salaries 
and compensation. The directors, except in districts of the first class, shall 
make with each teacher employed by them a written or printed contract, 
which shall be in conformity with the laws of this state, and every such 
contract shall be made in duplicate, one copy of which shall be retained by 
the school district clerk, and the other shall be delivered to the teacher 
after having been approved and registered by the county superintendent as 
by law required. 

Second. To enforce the rules and regulations prescribed by the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction and the State Board of Education for the gov- 
ernment of schools, pupils and teachers, and to enforce the course of study 
lawfully prescribed for the schools of their district.- 

Third. To rent, repair, furnish and insure school houses, to employ 
janitors, laborers and mechanics. 

Fourth. To cause all school houses to be properly heated, lighted and 
ventilated, and to cause all school premises to be maintained in a cleanly 
and sanitary condition. 

Fifth. To purchase personal property in the name of the district and to 
receive, lease and hold for their district any real or personal property. 

Sixth. To suspend or expel pupils from school who refuse to obey the 
rules thereof, and they shall exclude from school all children under six years 
of age. 

Seventh. To provide free text-books and supplies to be loaned to the 
pupils of the school, when in their judgment the best interests of their dis- 
trict will be subserved thereby, and to prescribe such rules and regulations 
as they shall deem necessary to preserve such books and supplies from un- 
necessary damage. 

Eighth. To require all pupils to be furnished with such books as may 
have been adopted by the lawful authority of this state, as a condition to 
membership in the schools. 

Ninth. To exclude from schools and school libraries all books, tracts, 
papers and other publications of an immoral or pernicious tendency. 

Tenth. To authoi'ize the school room to be used for summer or night 
schools, or for public, literary, scientific, religious, political, mechanical and 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



49 



agricultural meetings, under such regulations as the board of directors may 
adopt. 

Eleventh. To provide and pay for transportation of children to and from 
school when in their judgment the best interests of their district will be 
subserved thereby, but, in case transportation is provided, the directors shall 
not be compelled to transport children who live within two miles of the 
school house. 

164. Every School to Have Flag. 

Sec. 3. Every board of directors of the several school districts of this 
state shall procure a United States flag, and shall display said flag upon or 
near each public school building during school hours, except in unsuitable 
weather, and at such other times as to said board may seem proper. 

165. School Districts to Be Liable for Debts. 

Sec. 4. Every school district sball be liable for any debts legally due, 
contracted under the provisions of this act, and for judgments against the 
district, and such district- shall pay such judgment or liability out of the 
proper school funds to the credit of the district. 

166. When Districts May Charge Tuition. 

Sec. 5. Any board of directors shall have power to make arrangements 
with adults wishing to attend school, or with the directors of another dis- 
trict, for the attendance of such children in the school of either district as 
may be best accommodated therein: Provided, That in case such arrange- 
ments are not made, or children from school districts not adjoining desire 
to attend school in their district, they may charge reasonable tuition for 
such attendance: Provided further, That all such money collected by any 
school district officer for the use of the district shall, within thirty days after 
the date of its collection, be turned over to the county treasurer and placed 
to the credit of the district. 

167. Directors May Make By-Laws. 

Sec 6. Any board of directors shall have power to make such by-laws 
for their own government, and the government of the common schools under 
their charge, as they deem expedient, not inconsistent with the provisions 
of this act, or the instructions of the Superintendent of Public Instruction or 
the State Board of Education. 

168. Directors Shall Have Custody of Property. 

Sec. 7. The board of directors of each school district shall have custody 
of all school property belonging to the district, and shall have power, in the 
name of the district, to convey by deed all the interest of their district in 
or to any school house or lot directed to be sold by vote of the district, and 
all conveyances of real estate made to the district shall vest title in the dis- 
trict; said board, in the name of the district, shall have power to transact 
all business necessary for maintaining school and protecting the rights of 
the district. 



50 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



169. Directors Shall Have No Pecuniary Interests. 

Sec 8. It shall be unlawful for any director to have any pecuniary in- 
terest, either directly or indirectly, in the purchase of school sites or in the 
erection of school houses, or in the warming, ventilating, furnishing, repair- 
ing or insuring of the same, or to be in any manner interested in or con- 
nected with the furnishing of supplies for the maintenance of schools, or to 
receive or accept any compensation or reward for services rendered as direc- 
tor or be employed for hire by said district or by any person having a con- 
tract with said district: Provided, That nothing in this section shall be 
construed to prevent a director elected as clerk from acting as purchasing 
agent for his district, or from receiving such compensation for performing 
the duties of school district clerk as are now or may hereafter be provided 
by law. 

170. Directors Shall Not Contract Indebtedness in Excess of Income. 

Sec. 9. It shall be unlawful for any board of directors to contract indebt- 
edness against their district in any one year in any sum or sums exceeding 
the aggregate of the amount due to said district during the year from state 
funds, the amount of school district tax levied for the year and the esti- 
mated receipts from other sources, unless said indebtedness be authorized by 
a vote of the electors of said district. 

171. Shall Deliver Records to His Successor. 

Sec. 10. Every school officer shall immediately deliver to his successor 
in office all books, papers and moneys pertaining to his office. 

172. Shall Take an Oath of Office. 

Sec 11. Every person elected or appointed to any office mentioned in 
this article 'shall, before entering upon the discharge of the duties thereof, 
take an oath or affirmation to support the constitution of the United States 
and the State of Washington, and to promote the interest of education, and 
to faithfully discharge the duties of his office according to the best of his 
ability. In case any officer has a written appointment or commission, his 
oath or affirmation shall be endorsed thereon and sworn to before any officer 
authorized to administer oaths. School officers are hereby authorized to 
administer all oaths or affirmations pertaining to their respective offices with- 
out charge or fee. All oaths of office as herein provided shall, when properly 
made, be filed with the county superintendent of schools. 

173. Shall Place Signature With County Auditor. 

Sec. 12. Every school district director or clerk shall, on assuming the 
duties of his office, place his signature, certified to by some school district 
officer, on file in the office of the county auditor. 

174. Boards May Condemn Land. 

Sec 13. The board of directors of any school district of this state may 
proceed to condemn and appropriate sufficient land for a school house site 
not to exceed five acres in extent; such condemnation proceedings shall be in 
accordance with the laws of this state providing for appropriating private 
property for public use. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 51 

175. County Superintendent Shall Approve Plans. 

Sec. 14. Whenever any board of directors of school districts of the third 
class shall be authorized, by the electors of their district, to erect a school 
building, it shall be the duty of such board, before entering into any contract 
for the erection of any buildings, to obtain the approval of the county super- 
intendent of the county in which the building is to be erected, of the plans 
and specifications for the building to be erected. 

Article III. — Directors of Districts of the First Class. 

176. The Board of Directors. 

Section 1. The directors of school districts of the first class shall consist 
of five members, who shall be known as the board of directors. They shall 
be elected by ballot by the qualified electors of the district, and shall hold 
their office for a term of three years and until their successors are elected 
and qualified. 

When a district of the second or third class shall become a district of the 
first class the existing directors shall serve until the annual election preced- 
ing the expiration of the term for which they were elected and shall appoint 
two additional directors, who shall serve until the next annual school election 
in said district. At such annual election three directors shall be elected, one 
for one year, one for two years and one for three years. 

In case vacancies are to be filled, and the successor or successors are to 
be elected to fill an unexpired term or terms, the ballot shall specify the term 
for which each such director is to be elected. 

177. Election First Saturday in December. 

Sec. 2. The regular district election in each district of the first class 
shall be held on the first Saturday of December in each year, and such elec- 
tion shall be held in the manner provided in article 1, chapter 13 of this title. 

178. Oath of Office and Organization of Board. 

Sec 3. All persons elected as members of the board of directors of dis- 
tricts of the first class shall, within ten days thereafter, appear before the 
officer authorized to administer oaths, take and subscribe the usual oath of 
office and deliver the same to the county superintendent of schools; in case 
any person elected shall fail so to do, his election shall be void and the 
vacancy occasioned thereby shall be filled by the board as hereinafter pro- 
vided. The term of office of persons so elected shall begin on the first Mon- 
day of the month of January following their election. At the first meeting 
of the members of the board in the month of January of each year, they shall 
elect a president and vice-president from among their number, who shall 
serve for a term of one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. 
In the event of the temporary absence or disability of both the president and 
vice-president, the board of directors may elect a president pro tempore, who 
shall discharge all the duties of president during such temporary absence or 
disability. They shall also at their regular meeting in the month of January 
in each year elect a secretary at such salary as they may deem just; said 
secretary shall not be a member of the board of directors, and may be re- 
moved by the board at any time. 



5 g CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



179. Election of Officers by Roll Call. 

Sec. 4. The election of the officers of the board of directors, the city 
superintendent, the secretary, teachers, janitors and all other officers of such 
district shall be by viva voce vote upon a call of the roll of all the members, 
and no person shall be declared elected unless he receives a majority vote 
of all the members of the board. 

180. President Must Preside at Meetings. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of the president to preside at all meetings 
of the board, and to perform such other duties as the board may prescribe. 

181. Duties of Vice President. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of the vice-president to perform all the duties 
of president in case of his absence or disability. 

182. Duties of the Secretary. 

Sec 7. It shall be the duty of the secretary to be present at all the meet- 
ings of the board, to keep an accurate journal of the proceedings, to take 
charge of its books and documents, to countersign all warrants for school 
moneys drawn upon the county treasurer by order of the board; he may be 
authorized by the board of directors to purchase needed supplies for the 
schools, and shall also act as superintendent of buildings, and may be 
charged with the special care of the school buildings and other property 
of the district; he shall also perform such other duties as the board may 
direct. 

183. Bond of the Secretary. 

Sec. 8. Before entering upon the discharge of his duties, the secretary 
of the board shall give bonds in such sum as the board of directors may fix 
from time to time, but for not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000), with 
good and sufficient sureties, and shall take and subscribe an oath or affirma- 
tion, before a proper officer, that he will support the constitution of Wash- 
ington and faithfully perform the duties of his office. He shall, from time to 
time, as he may be required by the board, make a complete and detailed 
record of his transactions as secretary, which shall be combined with his 
annual report, to be published in the manner determined by the board. 

184. Regular and Special Meetings of the Board. 

Sec 9. The regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held 
monthly or oftener at such a time as the by-laws of the board may prescribe, 
but special meetings may be held from time to time as circumstances may 
demand, at the call of the president or on petition of a majority of the mem- 
bers of the board, and all meetings shall be open to the public unless other- 
wise specially ordered. 

185. The Board Must Maintain an Office. 

Sec 10. The board of directors shall maintain ah office where all regular 
meetings shall be held, and all records, vouchers and other important papers 
belonging to the board may be preserved, and shall at all times be open for 
inspection of resident taxpayers. 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. * 53 



186. How Moneys Shall Be Paid Out. 

Sec. 11. The moneys of such school districts shall be paid out only upon 
warrants signed by the president, or a majority of the board of directors, 
and countersigned by the secretary: Provided, That when, in the judgment 
of the board of directors, the warrants issued by the district monthly shall 
have reached such numbers that the signing of each warrant by the president 
personally imposes too great a task on the president, the board of directors, 
after auditing all payrolls and bills as provided by section 14 of this article, 
may authorize the issuing of one general certificate to the county treasurer, 
to be signed by the president, authorizing said treasurer to pay all the 
warrants specified by date, number, name and amount, and the funds on 
which said warrants shall be drawn. And the secretary of said board shall 
be authorized to draw and sign said warrants. 

187. The Board to Fill Vacancies. 

Sec. 12. The board of directors shall have power to fill, by election, any 
vacancy which may occur in its body, but the election to fill such vacancy 
shall be valid only until the next regular district election, and the ballots 
and returns shall be designated as follows: "To fill unexpired term." 

188. The Board May Compel Attendance of Its Members. 

Sec 13. A majority of all members of the board of directors shall con- 
stitute a quorum, but a less number in attendance at any regular meeting 
shall have, and a quorum at any special meeting shall have, power to compel 
the attendance of absent members, in such manner and under such penalties 
as the board may see fit to prescribe; and the absence of any member from 
four consecutive regular meetings of the board, unless on account of sickness 
or by resolution of the board, shall vacate his position in the board, which 
fact shall be passed upon by the board of directors and spread upon their 
records. 

189. Auditing Committee. 

Sec. 14. All accounts shall be audited by a committee to be styled the 
"auditing committee," and no expenditure greater than $300 shall be voted 
by the board except in accordance with a written contract, nor shall any 
money or appropriation be paid out of the school fund except on a recorded 
affirmative vote of a majority of all members of the board: Provided, That 
nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the board from making any 
repairs or improvements to the property of the district through their shop 
and repair department; and the accounts and the records of said board shall 
at all times be subject to the inspection and examination of the county 
superintendent of said county, whose duty it shall be, annually, to examine 
said records and check said accounts, and report in writing to the board 
of county commissioners the nature and state of said accounts, and any facts 
that may be required concerning said records. 

190. The Board Shall Advertise for Bids. 

Sec. 15. When, in the opinion of the board, the cost of any furniture, sup- 
plies, building, improvements or repairs will equal or exceed the sum of $300, 
it shall be the duty of the board to give due notice by publication, in at least 



54 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



one daily newspaper published within said district, and if there be no daily, 
then in one or more weekly papers, in three regular consecutive issues, of the 
intention to receive bids therefor; and the board shall determine the specifica- 
tions for such bids, which shall be public: Provided, That the board may, 
without giving such notice, make improvements or repairs to the property of 
such district through their shop and repair department. 

191. Powers of the Board. 

Sec. 16. Every board of directors of a school district of the first class 
shall, in addition to the general powers enumerated in article 4 [2], chapter 4, 
of this title, have the power: 

First. To employ for a term of not exceeding three years a city superin- 
tendent of schools of the district, and for cause to dismiss him; and to fix 
his duties and compensation. 

Second. To prescribe a course of study and a program of exercises, which 
shall not be inconsistent with the course of study prepared by the State Board 
of Education for the use of the common schools of this state. 

Third. To make necessary by-laws for more effectively carrying out the 
provisions of this act, and for facilitating the work of the board, as required 
by law. 

Fourth. To adopt and enforce such rules and regulations as may be 
deemed essential to the well being of the schools, and to establish and main- 
tain such grades and departments, including night, high, kindergarten, man- 
ual training and industrial schools, and schools or departments for the educa- 
tion and training of any class or classes of defective youth, as shall, in the 
judgment of the board, best promote the interests of education in that district. 

Fifth. To employ, and, for cause, to dismiss teachers and janitors; to 
determine the length of time over and above eight (8) months that school 
shall be maintained, such length of time to give a consecutive vacation of 
not less than three months between June 1st of any year and September 15th 
of the same year; to fix the time for annual opening and closing of schools, 
and for the daily dismissal of primary pupils before the regular time for 
closing schools. 

Sixth. To employ attorneys, an architect, inspectors of construction, su- 
perintendents of buildings and janitors, and a superintendent of supplies and 
other employes, and to prescribe their duties and fix their compensation. 

Seventh. To employ, and, for cause, dismiss one or more assistant city 
superintendents and to define their duties and fix their compensation. 

Eighth. To employ, and, for cause, dismiss supervisors of instruction, 
and to define their duties and fix their compensation. 

Ninth. To maintain a shop and repair department, and to employ a fore- 
man and the necessary help for the maintenance and conduct thereof. 

Tenth. To provide free text-books and supplies for all children attending 
school, when so ordered by a vote of the electors; or, if free text-books are 
not voted by the electors, to provide books for children of indigent parents, 
on the written statement of the city superintendent that the parents of such 
children are not able to purchase them. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 55 



Eleventh. To require successful vaccination as a condition of school mem- 
bership and to provide free vaccination to all who are unable to pay for the 
same: Provided, however, That a pupil showing a certificate by a reputable 
physician that the condition of such child or pupil is such that it would be 
injurious to its health and possibly dangerous to its life: And provided fur- 
ther, That a child or pupil showing certificate by a reputable physician to the 
effect that vaccination has failed to take effect, such child or pupil shall have 
access to the school and vaccination shall not be a condition to school member- 
ship to such child or pupil. 

Twelfth. To require of the officers or employes of the district to give a 
bond for the faithful discharge of their duties in such penal sum as may be 
fixed by the board with good and sufficient surety, and to cause the premium 
for all bonds required of all such officers or employes to be paid by the district. 

Thirteenth. To prohibit all secret fraternities and sororities among the 
students in any of the schools of the said districts. 

Fourteenth. To appoint a practicing physician, resident of the school 
district, who shall be known as the School District Medical Inspector, and 
whose duty it shall be to decide for the board of directors all questions of 
sanitation and health affecting the safety and welfare of the public schools 
of the district; he or authorized deputies shall make monthly inspections of 
each school in the district and report the condition of the same to the Board 
of Education and Board of Health. 

192. Shall Take School Census. 

Sec. 17. The board of directors shall annually in May of each year cause 
to be taken an enumeration of all persons between the ages of five and twenty- 
one years residing in the district; said enumeration shall be made on blanks 
or books provided by the district and shall contain such items as the Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction shall require, including the following: The 
names of all persons, male and female, between the ages of five and twenty- 
one years residing in the district on the first day of May last past; the date 
of birth of such child; the names and residences of the parents or guardians 
of all such children. The census shall be taken by the secretary and such 
enumerators as he shall select, subject to the approval of the board or its 
proper committee. The enumerators shall receive such compensation as the 
board may deem just. Each enumerator shall verify by oath the correctness 
of his report. The secretary of the district shall report to the county super- 
intendent of schools on or before the 15th day of the ensuing July the total 
number of males and the total number of females enumerated, together with 
a complete list containing the detailed information herein required of all 
defective youth residing in said district. 

193. When Board May Sell Property. 

Sec. 18. The board of directors shall have power to sell any of the prop- 
erty of the district which is no longer required for school purposes at public 
or private sale upon such terms as they may direct if the value thereof be 
less than two thousand dollars. The question of the sale of school property 
which may be found by the board of directors to he unsuitable for. school pur- 
poses, and to be of greater value than two thousand dollars, shall be submitted 



56 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



to a vote of the electors of the district, either at a general election or at a 
special election called to be held for that purpose, as may be directed by the 
board of directors, and if a majority of the voters of the district voting 
thereon shall be for the sale of the property the directors may make the sale 
at public auction. The sale must be made for cash and good title will be con- 
veyed by deed of the school district, executed by the president or the vice- 
president and the secretary of the board. 

194. Shall Direct Commissioners to Levy Taxes. 

(See, also, Sections 435 to 438). 

Sec. 19. The board of directors shall annually, at a meeting next pre- 
ceding the annual tax levy for state and county purposes, report to the board 
of county commissioners an estimate of the amount of funds, in addition to 
estimated receipts from the state and county apportionments for said dis- 
trict, required for the support of the schools, for the purchase of school sites, 
the erection and furnishing of school buildings, the payment of interest upon 
all bonds issued for school purposes, and the creation of a sinking fund for 
the payment of such indebtedness, if any, and the county commissioners are 
hereby authorized and required to levy and collect such additional amount 
of funds, the same as other taxes: Provided, That for the purpose of the 
purchase of school sites and the erection of buildings the board of directors 
of a district of the first class in cities having a population of fifty thousand 
or less, may annually expend a sum not exceeding $50,000; in cities having 
a population greater than 50,000 and less than 100,000, a sum not exceeding 
$100,000; in cities having a population greater than 100,000 and less than 
200,000, a sum not exceeding $200,000, and for every additional 50,000 of popu- 
lation beyond 200,000 a further sum of $50,000: And provided further, Thar 
when any greater expenditure shall be required for said purposes, in any one 
current school year, the question shall be submitted to a vote of the electors 
of the district at the time and place the board of directors may appoint. The 
board of directors shall, previous to such election, designate in one daily 
paper published in the district, if there be one, if not, then in such weekly 
papers as may be selected by the board, the place or places where such election 
shall be held, the locality of the site or sites required and the proposed cost 
of the buildings to be erected thereon. 

195. Maximum Tax Levy. 

Sec. 20. The tax levied for school purposes in districts of the first class 
shall in no one year exceed one (1) per cent, of the assessed value of all the 
taxable property in the district: Provided, That when any greater expendi- 
ture shall be deemed necessary in any one current school year by the direc- 
tors, the question shall be submitted to a vote of the electors of the district 
at the time and place appointed by the board of directors; and notice thereof 
shall be given as provided in section 19 hereof, which notice shall specify the 
amount of taxes proposed to be raised in excess of the said one (1) per cent., 
and if a majority of the electors voting thereon at said election shall be in 
favor of such additional tax, the entire amount so authorized shall be levied 
and collected. No levy, however, shall exceed two (2) per cent, of all the 
taxable property of said district. 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. 57 

Article IV. — Directors of Districts of the Second Class. 

196. Election of Directors. 

Section 1. Directors of school districts of the second class shall consist 
of three members. They shall be elected by ballot by the qualified electors 
of the district, and shall hold their office for a term of three years and until 
their successors are elected and qualified. In case vacancies are to be filled 
and a successor or successors to be elected to fill an unexpired term or terms, 
the ballot shall specify the term for which each director is to be elected. 

197. Election the First Saturday in March. 

Sec. 2. The regular district election in each district of the second class 
shall be held on the first Saturday in March of each year, and such election 
shall be held in the manner provided in article 1, chapter 13, of this title. 

198. How Vacancies Are Filled. 

Sec 3. In case the electors of any district of the second class shall 
neglect or fail to elect directors as hereinbefore provided, the county superin- 
tendent may declare vacant the office of any director at the expiration of his 
term; and in case of a vacancy in the board of directors from any cause, the 
county superintendent, in conjunction with the other directors if there be 
two, shall fill such vacancy by appointment until the fourth Monday follow- 
ing the next annual election. 

199. Shall Take Oath of Office. 

Sec 4. All persons elected as members of the board of directors of dis- 
tricts of the second class shall, within ten days thereafter, appear before an 
officer authorized to administer oaths, take and subscribe the usual oath of 
office and deliver the same to the county superintendent of schools, and in 
case any person elected shall fail so to do, his election shall be void and the 
office shall be deemed vacant. 

200. When the Board Must Organize. 

Sec 5. The term of office of directors of districts of the second class shall 
begin on the fourth Monday next succeeding their election, on which day the 
directors shall meet at the hour of two o'clock p. m., and shall at once organ- 
ize by electing one of their members as chairman of the board. They shall 
also elect a person to act as clerk, who may or may not be a member of the 
board of directors. The chairman and clerk shall both immediately enter 
upon the discharge of their duties and shall serve for a period of one year: 
Provided, That if any such clerk shall fail to discharge his duties in accord- 
ance with law, the board of directors may, at any time, remove such clerk 
and elect another person to fill the unexpired term. 

201. Regular and Special Meetings of the Board. 

6ec 6. The regular meetings of the board of directors shall occur on the 
first Friday of each month, and they may hold such other special or ad- 
journed meetings as they may from time to time determine, or as may be 
specified in their by-laws. Special meetings may be called by the chairman 
or by any two members of the board. 



58 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



202. Shall Buy Books, Apparatus, etc. 

Sec. 7. Every board of directors of districts of the second class, in addi- 
tion to the powers and duties enumerated in article 4 [2], chapter 4, of this 
title, shall have the power and it shall be their duty to provide and pay for 
such materials, supplies and libraries, as may be necessary for the schools, 
and to purchase such maps, charts and other apparatus as may be deemed 
necessary for the use of their schools. 

203. Shall Direct Commissioners to Levy Taxes. 

(See, also, Sections 435 to 438). 
Sec. 8. The board of directors shall annually at a meeting preceding the> 
annual tax levy for state and county purposes, report to the board of county 
commissioners an estimate in detail of the amount of funds which will be 
required by their district for all purposes for the ensuing year, and the 
county commissioners are hereby authorized and requh'ed to levy and collect 
such amount, after deducting the estimated receipts from the state and 
county apportionment for said districts, said estimate to be furnished by the 
county superintendent of schools. The levy in any one year shall not exceed 
one (1) per cent, of the assessed value of all the taxable property of the 
district: Provided, That when any greater expenditure in any one current 
school year shall be deemed necessary, the question shall be submitted to a 
vote of the electors of the district at the time and place and in the manner 
provided for calling special elections. The notice of such election shall 
specify the amount of taxes proposed to be raised in excess of the said one 
(1) per cent., and if a majority of the electors voting thereon at said election 
shall be in favor of such additional tax, the entire amount so authorized 
shall be levied and collected. No tax, however, shall exceed two (2) per cent, 
of all the taxable property of said district. In case any board of directors 
shall fail to make and report the said estimate to the board of county com- 
missioners on or before the first day of September, it shall be the duty of 
the county school superintendent to make such estimate, which will be ac- 
cepted in lieu of the directors' estimate. 

204. Shall Select Sites and Build Houses When Directed by the People. 

Sec. 9. The board shall build or remove school houses, purchase or sell 
lots or other real estate when directed by a vote of the district to do so: 
Provided, That a school house already built on a site which has been selected 
by a majority vote of the legal school electors of a district shall not be re- 
moved to a new site without a two-thirds vote of the school electors voting 
at an annual or special election; nor shall a school house site that has been 
selected by a majority vote of the legal school electors, but upon which no 
school house has been built, be changed except by a two-thirds vote of the 
legal school electors voting at an annual or special school election as herein- 
before provided. 

205. Shall Elect Teachers, When. 

Sec 10. No board of directors shall employ any teacher or teachers whose 
term or terms of service begin after the first Monday in August, until after 
the directors elected at the annual school election in said year shall have 
entered upon the discharge of their duties. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 59 



206. Shall Elect Superintendent or Principal. 

Sec. 11. In all districts of the second class the hoard of directors shall 
elect a superintendent, or a principal, who shall hold a valid teacher's certifi- 
cate. The said superintendent, or principal, shall have supervision over the 
several departments of the school, and the board of directors may contract 
with him for a term of one year, or a term of two years, as may be deemed 
best in their judgment. 

207. Minimum Term Six Months. 

Sec. 12. In all districts of the second class the minimum school term for 
each year shall be six months. 

Article V. — Directors of Districts of the Third Class. 

208. Election of Directors. 

Section 1. Directors of school districts of the third class shall consist 
of three members. They shall be elected by ballot by the qualified electors 
of the district, and shall hold their office for a term of three years and until 
their successors are elected and qualified. At the first annual election in all 
new districts three directors shall be elected for one, two and three years 
respectively, and the ballot at such election shall specify the term for which 
each is to be elected. At each election after the first, one director shall be 
elected for a term of three years. In case vacancies are to be filled and a 
successor or successors to be elected to fill an unexpired term or terms, the 
ballots shall specify the term for which each director is to be elected. 

209. Election on First Saturday in March. 

Sec 2. The regular district election in each district of the third class 
shall be on the first Saturday in March of each year, and such election shall 
be held in the manner provided in article 1, chapter 13, of this title. 

210. County Superintendent Shall Fill Vacancies. 

Sec. 3. In case the electors of any district of the third class shall neglect 
or fail to elect directors as hereinbefore provided, the county superintendent 
may declare vacant the office of any director at the expiration of his term; 
and in case of a vacancy in the board of directors from any cause, the county 
superintendent shall fill such vacancy by appointment until the fourth Mon- 
day following the next annual election. 

211. Shall Take Oath of Office. 

Sec 4. All persons elected as members of the board of directors of dis- 
tricts of the third class shall, within ten days thereafter, appear before an 
officer authorized to administer oaths, take and subscribe the usual oath of 
office and deliver the same to the county superintendent of schools, and in 
case any person elected shall fail so to do, his election shall be void and the 
office shall be deemed vacant. 

212. Organization of Board. 

Sec 5. The term of office of directors of districts of the third class shall 
begin on the fourth Monday next succeeding their election, on which day the 
directors shall meet at the hour of two o'clock p.m., and shall a1 once organ- 



gO CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

ize by electing one of their members as chairman and another as clerk, who 
shall each immediately enter upon the discharge of his duties, and shall 
serve for the period of one year: Provided, That if any such clerk shall fail 
to discharge his duties in accordance with law, the board of directors may, 
at any time, remove such clerk and elect another of their number to fill the 
unexpired term. 

213. Regular and Special Meetings of Board. 

Sec. 6. A regular meeting of each board of directors of districts of the 
third class shall be held on the first Saturday of February, May, August and 
November, and they may hold such other special or adjourned meetings as 
they may from time to time determine, or as may be specified in their by- 
laws. Special meetings may be called by the chairman or by any two mem- 
bers of the board. 

214. Shall Purchase Books, Apparatus, etc. 

Sec. 7. Every board of directors of districts of the third class shall, in 
addition to the power and duties enumerated in article 4 [2], chapter 4, of this 
title, have power and it shall be their duty to provide and pay for such 
materials, supplies and libraries as may be necessary for the schools, and 
to purchase such maps, charts and other apparatus as may have the written 
approval of the county school superintendent. 

215. When a Principal Shall Be Elected. 

Sec. 8. In all districts where the number of children of school age is 
sufficient to require the employment of more than one teacher, the board 
shall designate one of such teachers as principal, and such principal shall 
have general supervision over the several departments of such school. The 
school or schools in such districts shall be graded in such a manner as the 
directors thereof shall deem best suited to the conditions of such districts. 

216. When a Superintendent Shall Be Elected. 

Sec 9. The directors of any districts wherein schools are maintained in 
two or more buildings shall elect a superintendent, who may be a teacher 
in the schools of such district, and such superintendent shall have general 
supervision over the schools in such district in accordance with the rules 
and regulations of the board of directors. 

217. Superintendent or Principal Shall Make Report. 

Sec 10. It shall be the duty of the principal or superintendent of any 
school maintaining two or more departments to report to the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction such facts relating to the grading, course of study, en- 
rollment, attendance and other matters pertaining to such schools as he may 
require on blanks for that purpose. 

218. Shall Elect Teachers, When. 

Sec 11. No board of directors shall employ any teacher or teachers whose 
term or terms of service begin after the first Monday in August, until after 
the directors elected at the annual school election in said year shall have 
entered upon the discharge of their duties. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. ri 



219. Shall Direct Commissioners to Levy Taxes. 

Sec. 12. The board of directors shall annually at a meeting preceding the 
annual tax levy for state and county purposes, report to the board of county 
commissioners an estimate in detail of the amount of funds which will be 
required by their district for all purposes for the ensuing year, and the 
county commissioners are hereby authorized and required to levy and collect 
such amount, after deducting the estimated receipts from the state and 
county apportionment for said districts. The levy in any one year shall not 
exceed one (1) per cent, of the assessed value of all the taxable property of 
the district: Provided, That when any greater expenditure in any one cur- 
rent school year shall be deemed necessary, the question shall be submitted 
to a vote of the electors of the district at the time and place and in the man- 
ner provided for calling special elections. The notice of such election shall 
specify the amount of taxes proposed to be raised in excess of the said one 
(1) per cent., and if a majority of the electors voting thereon at said election 
shall be in favor of such additional tax, the entire amount so authorized 
shall be levied and collected. No tax, however, shall exceed two (2) per 
cent, of all the taxable property of said district. In case any board of direc- 
tors shall fail to make and report the said estimate to the board of county 
commissioners on or before the first day of September, it shall be the duty 
of the county school superintendent to make such estimate, which will be 
accepted in lieu of the directors' estimate. 

220. Shall Select Sites and Build Houses When Directed by the People. 
Sec. 13. The board shall build or remove school houses, purchase or sell 

lots or other real estate, when directed by a vote of the district to do so: 
Provided, That a school house already built on a site which has been selected 
by a majority vote of the legal school electors of a district shall not be re- 
moved to a new site without a two-thirds vote of the school electors voting 
at an annual or special election; nor shall a school house site that has been 
selected by a majority vote of the legal school electors, but upon which no 
school house has been built, be changed except by a two-thirds vote of the 
legal school electors voting at an annual or special school election as herein- 
before provided. 

221. County Superintendent Shall Approve Plans. 

Sec 14. Whenever any board of directors shall be authorized by the 
electors of their district to erect a school building, it shall be the duty of 
such board, before entering into any contract for the erection of any build- 
ings, to obtain the approval of the county superintendent, of the plans and 
specifications for the building to be erected, including also the heating, light- 
ing, ventilating and safety thereof. 

Article VI. — District Clerk. 

222. Clerk to Notify County Superintendent of Organization of Board. 
Section 1. Every school district clerk in districts of the second and the 

third class shall within ten days after any change in the office of chairman 
or clerk, notify the county superintendent of such change in (lie organization 
of the board. 



62 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



223. Duties of the District Clerk. 

Sec. 2. The duties of the district clerk shall be as follows: 

First. To attend all meetings of the boards of directors; but if he shall 
not be present, the board of directors shall select one of their number to act 
as clerk, who shall certify the proceedings of the meeting to the clerk of the 
district, to be recorded by him. He shall keep his records in a book to be 
furnished by the board of directors, and he shall preserve copies of all re- 
ports made to the county superintendent, and safely preserve and keep all 
books and documents belonging to his office, and shall turn the same over 
to his successor. 

Second. To keep accurate and detailed accounts of all receipts and ex- 
penditures of school money. At each annual school meeting the district clerk 
must present his record book for public inspection, and shall make a state- 
ment of the financial condition of the district and of the action of the direc- 
tors, and such record must always be open for public inspection. 

Third. To take annually in May of each year an exact census of all 
children and youth between the ages of five and twenty-one years who were 
bona fide residents of the district on the first day of May of that year. He 
shall designate the name and sex of each child, and the date of its birth; the 
number of weeks it has attended school during the school year, and its post- 
office address. Parents or guardians must be required to sign a certified state- 
ment of the correctness of this report: Provided, That Indian children not 
living under the guardianship of white persons, or who have not severed 
their tribal relations, shall not be included in said census. He shall also 
list separately all defective youth between the ages of five and twenty-one 
and give such information concerning them as may be required. 

Fourth. To make to the county superintendent on or before the 15th day 
of July his annual report, verified by affidavit, upon blanks to be furnished by 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction. It shall contain such items of in- 
formation as said Superintendent of Public Instruction shall require, includ- 
ing the following: A full and complete report of all children enumerated; 
the number of schools or departments taught during the year; the number 
of children, male and female, enrolled in the school, and the average daily 
attendance; the number of teachers employed, and their compensation per 
month; the number of days school was taught during the past school year, 
and by whom; and the number of volumes, if any, in the school district 
library; the number of school houses in the district' and the value of them; 
the aggregate value of all school furniture and apparatus belonging to the 
district, and the clerk shall keep on file a duplicate copy of said report. 

Fifth. To carry out all orders of the board of directors made at any regu- 
lar or special meeting, and to keep an accurate account of all expenses in- 
curred by him in his district in keeping the school house in repair, in provid- 
ing for necessary janitor work, and in providing school supplies, and for 
other expenses incurred by him on account of the school, which accounts 
must be audited by the board of directors, and paid out of the district school 
fund. 

Sixth. To give the required notice of all annual or special elections; also 
to give notice of the regular and special meetings of the board of directors 
as herein authorized. 



STATE OP WASHINGTON. gg 



Seventh. To report to the county superintendent at the beginning of each 
term of school the name of the teacher and the proposed length of the term, 
and to supply the teacher with the school register furnished by the county 
school superintendent. 

Eighth. To sign all warrants ordered to be issued by the board of direc- 
tors, and to report to the county treasurer on or before the first Monday of 
each calendar month all the warrants drawn by the directors of his district, 
giving date, number and fund on which each warrant is drawn. 

224. Compensation of the Clerk. 

Sec. 3. The district clerk shall receive three dollars per day for the time 
actually and necessarily spent in taking the census and making his report, 
and he shall receive such other reasonable compensation for other services 
as the directors shall allow, said accounts to be audited and paid by the 
directors out of the funds of the district: Provided, That no account for 
services rendered by any district clerk shall be audited or allowed by any 
board of directors, or any warrant issued for the payment of any such ac- 
counts, until he shall have filed with the board of directors a certificate of 
the county superintendent of his county that all reports required by law have 
been properly made; and it shall be the duty of the county superintendent 
to make and transmit to the clerks of such districts as have made all the 
reports as required by law, on or before the last Saturday of the months of 
January, April, July and October of each year, the certificates required by 
this section. 

Article VII. — Teachers. 

225. Teachers Shall Hold Valid Certificates. 

Section 1. No person shall be accounted as a qualified teacher within the 
meaning of the school law who is not the holder of a valid teacher's certifi- 
cate or diploma issued by lawful authority of this state. 

226. Teachers Must Report to County Superintendent. 

Sec 2. Every teacher who shall be teaching at the close of the school 
year, or who shall teach the last term of any school year, in any school dis- 
trict, shall make a report to the county superintendent immediately upon the 
close of such school year or term for the entire time taught in said school 
district since the beginning of the school year. Copies of all reports made 
by teachers shall be furnished to the clerk of the district, to be by him filed 
in his office. No board of directors shall draw any order or warrant for the 
salary of any teacher for the last month of his or her service until the re- 
ports herein required shall have been made, and the same approved by the 
county superintendent: Provided, That in all schools acting under the direc- 
tion of the city superintendent the report of such superintendent shall be 
accepted by the county superintendent and the directors in lieu of the 
teacher's reports, and that when there is no city superintendent, the report 
of the principal shall be accepted in lieu of the teacher's report. 

227. Shall Keep Register. 

Sec 3. Every teacher shall keep a school register in the manner pro- 
vided for, and no board of directors shall draw any order or warrant for the 
salary of any teacher for the last month of his service in the school at the 



64 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



end of any term or year until they shall have received a certificate from the 
district clerk, countersigned by the county superintendent, that the said 
register has been properly kept, the summaries made and the statistics 
entered, or until, by personal examination, they shall have satisfied them- 
selves that it has been done. 

228. Shall Enforce Course of Study and Prescribed Regulations. 

Sec. 4. Teachers shall faithfully enforce in the schools the course of 
study and regulations prescribed, and shall furnish promptly all information 
relating to the school which may be requested by the county superintendent. 

229. Shall Be Employed by Written Order of the Board. 

Sec. 5. No teacher shall be employed except by written order of a major- 
ity of the directors of the district at a regular or special meeting thereof, nor 
unless the holder of a legal teacher's certificate in full force and effect for 
the full period covered by said contract. 

230. Shall Not Be Required to Teach on Holidays. 

Sec. 6. No teacher shall be required to teach school on Saturdays, Labor 
Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day immediately following Thanksgiving 
Day, Christmas, New Years, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, or the 
Fourth of July: Provided, That no reduction from the teacher's time or 
salary shall be made by reason of the fact that a school day happens to be 
one of the days referred to in this section as a day on which school shall not 
be taught. 

231. May Suspend Pupils. 

Sec 7. Every teacher shall have the power to hold every pupil to a strict 
accountability in school for any disorderly conduct on the way to and from 
school, or on the grounds of the school, or during the intermission or recess; 
to suspend from school any pupil for good cause: Provided, That such sus- 
pension shall be reported to the directors as soon as practicable for their 
decision. 

232. Must Teach Morality and Patriotism. 

Sec. 8. It shall be the duty of all teachers to endeavor to impress on 
the minds of their pupils the principles of morality, truth, justice, temper- 
ance, humanity and patriotism; to teach them to avoid idleness, profanity 
and falsehood; to instruct them in the principles of free government, and 
to train them up to the true comprehension of the rights, duty and dignity 
of American citizenship. 

Article VIII. — County Auditor. 

233. Districts of the Third Class Only. 

Section 1. The duties of the county auditor hereinafter defined shall 
relate only to districts of the third class unless otherwise expressly provided. 

234. Shall Audit Accounts of School Districts.. 

Sec. 2. The county auditors of the several counties of this state shall 
audit all accounts of the several school districts of their respective counties, 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



65 



the same as other accounts are audited with the other departments of the 
county. 

235. Shall Countersign and Register Warrants. 

Sec. 3. He shall countersign and register warrants for the payment of 
all teachers' salaries, supplies, apparatus, and accounts against the districts 
upon the written order of the majority of the members of the school board 
of each district. 

236. Shall Not Register Warrant, When. 

Sec. 4. No warrant shall be countersigned and registered for the pay- 
ment of any teacher who is not qualified within the meaning of the law of 
this state, nor unless a written contract be filed with the county superin- 
tendent in accordance with the provisions of' the law. 

237. When County Superintendent Must Approve Order. 

Sec. 5. No warrants for maps, charts and apparatus shall be counter- 
signed and registered until the order shall have been approved by the county 
superintendent. 

238. Warrant for Last Month's Salary. 

Sec. 6. He shall not countersign and register the warrant in payment of 
the last month's salary of teachers in districts of the third class until he 
shall receive due notice from the county superintendent that the teacher's 
final report has been made to the said county superintendent. 

Article IX. — County Treasurer. 

239. Duties of County Treasurer. 

Section 1. The county treasurer of each county of this state shall be 
ex-offlcio treasurer of the several school districts of their respective counties, 
and it shall be the duty of each county treasurer: 

First. To receive and hold all moneys belonging to such school districts, 
and to pay them out only upon warrants legally issued. 

Second. To certify to the county superintendent of common schools and 
the auditor of his county, quarterly of each year at the time of the state 
apportionment, the amount of all school funds in his possession subject to 
apportionment on the last day of the preceding month, which certificate shall 
specify the source or sources from which said moneys were derived. 

Third. To make annually, on or before the fifteenth day of July, a report 
to the county superintendent and auditor of his county, which report shall 
show the amount of school funds on hand at the beginning of the school year 
last past belonging to each school district: the amount of funds placed to the 
credit of each school district, during the school year ending June 30, last 
past, and the sources from which said funds were derived; the amouni of 
warrants registered during the year, the amount of funds disbursed upon 
warrants of each school district during the year, and for what purposi thej 
were paid out: the amount of funds remaining in his possession ai the < 
of the school Near subject to be paid out upon warrants, and the fund to 



66 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



■which said moneys belong; also the amount of all unpaid warrants or bonds 
■appearing upon his register at the close of the school year. 

Fourth. He shall keep a register of all school district warrants presented 
to him for payment, which register shall show the number of the warrant, 
the date of issue and the date on which it was registered, the amount, and 
the purpose for which it was issued, to whom issued and to whom paid, and 
the ■ amount of interest, if any, accruing on said warrant before payment. 
Whenever any school district warrant shall be presented to the county treas- 
ure)' for payment, if properly signed, he shall pay the same out of the proper 
fund of the district upon which it was issued, if there be funds in his pos- 
session for that purpose; but if tnere be no funds in his possession for that 
purpose he shall endorse upon the back of said warrant the words, "Pre- 
sented and not paid for want of funds," together with the date of said en- 
■doir.ement, and thereafter said warrant shall bear interest as provided by 
law A.U warrants; shall be paid in the order of their presentation to the 
county treasurer; and it is hereby made the duty of the county treasurer 
to advertise, quarterly, all warrants which he is prepared to pay, in the same 
way in which he is required to advertise county warrants, and after the date 
fixed in said notice warrants shall cease to draw interest. 

Fifth-. He shall prepare and submit to the secretary of each district of 
the first class, and to the clerk of each district of the second class in his 
county a written report of the state of the finances of such district on the 
first lay of each month, which report shall be submitted not later than the 
seventh day of said month. 

Sixth. After each quarterly settlement with the county commissioners 
the treasurer of each county shall submit a statement of all canceled war- 
rants of districts of the first or second class to the secretary or clerk of such 
district, which statement shall be verified to the county auditor. The can- 
celed warrants of each district shall be preserved separately and shall at 
all times be open to inspection by the secretary or clerk or by any authorized 
accountant of such district. 

Seventh. He shall remit all moneys derived from the sale of school regis- 
ters and school clerks' record books to the State Treasurer, as other moneys 
are required to be remitted, and the State Treasurer shall place such moneys 
to the credit of the general fund of the state. 

Abticxe X. — County Boards, of Education. 

240. Appointment and Term of Office. 

Sectiqn 1. There shall be in each county of this state a county board of 
education, which shall consist of five (5) members, including the county 
superintendent of common schools, who shall be ex-officio chairman of the 
board; the other members of said board shall be appointed by the county 
superintendent on the first Monday of September following his election and 
shall hold office for a term of two years: Provided. That in the event of a 
vacancy in said board from any cause the county superintendent shall fill 
the same for the remainder of the school year by appointment. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



67 



241. Qualification and Compensation of Members. 

Sec. 2. Every member of the county board of education shall be the 
holder of a valid teacher's certificate for this state, and the members other 
than the county superintendent shall receive five dollars per day for the time 
spent in the performance of their official duties, and they shall also receive 
actual necessary traveling expenses, and the same shall be paid out of the 
funds of the county. 

242. Powers and Duties. 

Sec. 3. Every county board of education shall have power and it shall 
be its duty: 

First. To grade the manuscripts of the pupils who take the state exami- 
nation for the purpose of securing eighth grade or grammar school certifi- 
cates. 

Second. To adopt text-books for use in the public schools of school dis- 
tricts of the second division, as defined in chapter 7, Title III. of this act, of 
said county. 

Third. To assist the county superintendent in the preparation of man- 
uals, courses of study, rules and regulations for the circulating libraries, and 
to perform such other duties as may be required by him. 

Fourth. To adopt rules and regulations for the schools of the county, 
not inconsistent with the Code of Public Instruction or with the rules and 
regulations of the State Board of Education or the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction. 

CHAPTER 5.— APPORTIONMENTS. 

243. To Apportion Funds Quarterly. 

Section 1. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion to 
the several counties of the state on or before the 15th day of September, 
December, March and June of each year such current state school funds as 
have been certified by the State Auditor to be in the hands of the state and 
county treasurers. 

244. County Superintendents' Reports Basis of Apportionment. 

Sec. 2. For the purpose of ' the apportionment the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction shall base his calculations upon the days' attendance as 
shown by the several county superintendents' last annual reports filed in his 
office. 

245. Total Days' Attendance the Basis of Apportionment. 

Sec 3. The basis of the apportionment to each county shall be on the 
total days of attendance in the several districts of the county: Provided. 
That each school district shall be credited with at least two thousand days' 
attendance. 

246. Attendance of Non-Resident Pupils. 

Sec. 4. If a pupil attends any public school of the slate, outside of his 
resident district, up to the ninth grade, during the time the resident district 
maintains a school of the grade in which the pupil belongs, the attendance 



68 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



shall be credited to the district in which the pupil resides, unless mutually- 
agreed otherwise by the directors of the two districts. 

247. Clerk May Claim Attendance for District. 

Sec. 5. The clerk of any district whose resident pupils are attending 
school in another district may notify the clerk of the district where such 
pupils attend, when the school of said pupils' resident district will be in 
session, and of the grades that will be maintained, and he must file a dupli- 
cate copy of said notice with the county superintendent. He must name the 
pupils in his notice, and it shall be the duty of the district clerk so notified, 
on or before the thirtieth day of June, to certify to the clerk of the resident 
district the actual number of days' attendance at school of such pupils dur- 
ing the time that a school of the grade to which the pupil or pupils properly 
belong was in session in their resident district. And in case said clerk shall 
fail or refuse to furnish such information to the clerk of the resident dis- 
trict, then it shall be the duty of the county superintendent to grant to the 
district to which the attendance belongs the maximum number of days 
claimed by the clerk of the said district. Without the notice herein required 
by the clerk of the resident district, all claims to attendance will be forfeited. 

248. Private Schools Shall Report Attendance. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of the principal or head of every private 
school on or before the 30th day of June of each year to report to the clerk 
of the proper school district the actual days' attendance in said private school 
of resident pupils of the said school district. The report shall include such 
pupils only as are between six and twenty-one years of age, and whose 
parents or guardians actually reside in the school district where the private 
school is located. 

249. Attendance in High Schools. 

Sec. 7. For purposes of apportionment of current state school funds, the 
attendance of all pupils in high school shall be counted as one and one-half 
times the actual attendance; but in order to receive the benefit of this pro- 
vision no tuition can be charged any high school pupil, regardless of where 
his residence may be in this state, if there be no high school in the pupil's 
resident district. 

250. Attendance in Parental Schools. 

Sec. 8. For purposes of apportionment of current school funds the at- 
tendance of pupils in parental schools where food and lodging are furnished 
the pupils shall be counted as three times the actual attendance, and in 
schools for defectives five times the actual attendance shall be allowed. 

251. Attendance in Night Schools. 

Sec 9. In night schools authorized by the laws of this state an evening's 
attendance shall be counted as a half day's attendance without maximum age 
limit. 

252. Bonus to High School Grades. 

Sec. 10. In addition to the regular quarterly apportionments as provided 
by law, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion annually 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



69 



to each high school the sum of one hundred ($100) dollars for each grade 
above the grammar grades maintained in such school. In order to receive 
the bonus of one hundred dollars the district must have maintained a high 
school in fact during the preceding school year, and must have maintained 
an average daily attendance in each grade of at least four students. 

253. County Superintendent Shall Apportion Funds. 

Sec. 11. It shall be the duty of the county superintendent to apportion 
within ten days after receiving the certificate of apportionment of the Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction, such state annual school funds as are sub- 
ject to apportionment to the several districts entitled to receive the same in 
accordance with the instructions of the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
He shall also at the same time apportion in the manner provided in Sec. 7, 
chapter 9, title 3, of this act. the county school funds that may be in the 
hands of the county treasurer of his county. He shall certify the result of 
the apportionments to the county treasurer, and also notify each clerk of 
the amount apportioned to his district. 

254. When Attendance May Be Credited for Time Lost. 

Sec. 12. When the school board of any district is obliged to close the 
schools by order of the board of health or health officer on account of the 
prevalence of infectious disease, or when it is impossible to maintain the 
school on account of any circumstances over which the school board has no 
control, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction may, at his discretion, 
allow such district its regular apportionment of funds for the time so lost, 
the amount to be determined on a basis of the average daily attendance in 
the district for the year in which such discontinuance occurs: Provided, 
That in no such case may any district draw money for a period of time 
longer than fifteen school days. 

255. County Superintendent Shall Withhold Apportionment, When. 

Sec. 13. Whenever any school board shall neglect or refuse to comply 
with the provision of section 14, article 7 [5], chapter 4, of title 3 of this Code, 
it shall be the duty of the county superintendent to withhold the entire appor- 
tionment accruing to said district until such time as full compliance with 
requirements thereof has been made. 

CHAPTER 6.— INSTITUTES. 

256. Institutes Must Be Held in Certain Counties. 

Section 1. Whenever the number of school districts in any county is 
twenty-five or more, the county superintendent must devote at least five days 
to institute work, three of which must be consecutive. The county superin- 
tendent must arrange for the remaining two days to be spent in district 
meetings, visiting days, or in any other manner which he believes will be 
of greatest benefit to his teachers. 

257. Joint Institutes May Be Held. 

Sec. 2. County superintendents of contiguous counties may by mutual 
arrangements hold a joint institute, the expenses to he shared in proportion 
to the departments (rooms) maintained in the counties as shown by the 
county superintendent's last annual report. 



'0 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



258. Teachers Must Attend Institutes. 

Sec. 3. Every teacher holding a valid certificate, and employed in a public 
school in a county where an institute is held, must attend such institute 
during its whole time. 

259. Superintendents of Certain Cities May Hold Institutes. 

Sec. 4. In districts employing more than one hundred teachers, the city 
superintendent may, in his discretion, hold a teachers' institute of two, three, 
four or five days in such district, said institute when so held by the city 
superintendent to be in all respects governed by the provisions of this Code 
relating to teachers' institutes held by county superintendents. 

260. Time of Holding Institute — Teachers to Receive Pay. 

Sec. 5. Each county superintendent shall, at the annual directors' meet- 
ing for his county, determine upon a time for holding the teachers' institute, 
which shall, as nearly as may then be determined, be during the week next 
preceding the beginning of the fall term of school: Provided, That should 
any district employ a teacher during the then current school year who had 
attended the institute, such teacher shall be paid and the district shall be 
credited with the attendance in the same manner as provided for in the 
next section. 

261. Pay of Teachers Shall Not Be Diminished. 

Sec. 6. When the institute is held during the time when a teacher is 
employed in teaching, his pay shall not be diminished by reason of his at- 
tendance, when certified to by the county superintendent, and in addition 
to the actual attendance earned by the district, an additional attendance shall 
be credited to the district, determined by multiplying the average daily 
attendance for the term by the number of days the teacher attended the 
institute. 

262. Examination Fees. 

Sec. 7. All examination fees shall be paid by the county superintendent 
or the city superintendent to the county treasurer, who. shall place them to 
the credit of the proper institute fund hereby created. 

263. Superintendent Shall Make an Estimate of Expenses. 

Sec. 8. Each county superintendent or city superintendent shall, prior 
to the holding of the annual teachers' institute, make an estimate of the 
necessary expenses thei'eof; and the county commissioners must, thereupon, 
and prior to the date of holding said institute, place at the disposal of the 
proper superintendent out of the county current expense fund such an 
amount, not to exceed $200.00, as, in addition to the amount then in the 
hands of the county treasurer in the institute fund, will meet the superin- 
tendent's estimate. 

264. Superintendent to Keep Vouchers and Make Report. 

Sec. 9. The county or city superintendent must keep an accurate ac- 
count of the actual expenses of the institute, with vouchers for same, and 
make a complete report to the county auditor, which shall be placed on file 
in his office as a part of the regular files. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 71 



CHAPTER 7.— TEXT BOOKS. 

265. Classes of Districts. 

Section 1. For the purpose of this chapter, the school districts o1 the 
State of Washington shall be, and they are hereby divided into anri shall 
consist of two divisions, viz.: School districts of the first division and 
school districts of the second division, and the school districts of the first 
division shall consist of all school districts maintaining a four-year accredited 
high school. Every other school district of the state shall be a school tis- 
trict of the second division. 

266. Text Book Commission. 

Sec. 2. That the text boohs for use in the public schools of each school 
district of the first division shall be selected by the text book commission of 
such school district. The text book commission of such school district shall 
consist of five persons, including the city superintendent, or. if there be none, 
then the principal of the high school, who shall be ex-offlcio chairman of the 
commission, and two members of the city board of school director; of the 
district, to be designated by such board, and one of whom shall be ex-ofliciQ 
secretary of the commission, and two lawfully qualified teachers engaged in 
teaching in such school district, to be appointed by the board of school di< s< 
tors of the district. Each member of the text book commission shall take 
the oath to faithfully discharge the duties of his office. The term < I office 
of the text book commission shall be one year and until their successors ire 
appointed and qualified. Said text book commission shall have power to 
select text books for use in the public schools of the school district for which 
it is appointed, and it shall be the duty of the board of directors tc require 
the introduction and use of all text books lawfully adopted for use i . their 
respective districts. The text books selected by the commission shall cover 
such branches and studies as are required to be taught by the lawfully 
adopted course of study, and as are required to be taught by the laws of the 
State of Washington. Any text book selected for use in the schools of the 
district shall continue in use until displaced or replaced by order of the 
text book commission, and no text book selected or introduced lto The 
schools by the text book commission shall be displaced or replaced within 
three years from the date of its introduction into the schools. Bin nothing 
in this act or any other law shall be so construed as to prevent the texl 1 iofc 
commission of any school district of the first division from using Intro- 
ducing at any time any supplementary or additional books which n from 
time to time be deemed necessary in order to maintain the highest standard 
of excellence in the schools of the district. 

267. Meetings of Commission and Selection of Books. 

Sec. 3. The text book commission of each school district of th< fivsl 
division shall, between the first day of April and the first day of Jul: oj • ich 
year, when any text books are to be selected by such commission, 
advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation published in th< cou 
or if there be no such newspaper published in the county then in d n. 
paper published and having a general circulation in the atate, to 
that the commission will, on a day therein named, select text books 1<» the 
use of the schools in such districts, and invite proposals for the tn.-n lung 



72 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

of such books, the proposals to state an exchange and a retail price at which 
the proposer will furnish books for the schools of the district during the 
period of their use in such schools. 

268. Superintendent or Principal to Issue Course of Study. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the superintendent or principal of each 
school in all districts of the first division to prepare and issue, under the 
direction of the board of school directors of the district, a course of study 
for his schools, which course of study must, before going into effect, be ap- 
proved by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. Such course of 
study shall conform to the manual, or general outline, prescribed by the 
State Superintendent of Public Instruction, and all examinations and pro- 
motions under the same shall be based upon the minimum credits in each 
study, as prescribed by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction in his 
general manual or outline course of study. 

269. County Board of Education to Advertise for Books. 

Sec. 5. The county board of education in each county of this state shall, 
between the first day of April and the first day of July of each year when 
any text books are to be selected, publish and advertise in a newspaper of 
general circulation in said county to the effect that said county board of 
education will on a day named therein select text books for the use of all 
the school districts of the second division in said county, and invite pro- 
posals for the furnishing of such books, the proposals to state an exchange 
price, a wholesale price and a retail price at which the proposer will furnish 
books for the schools of all districts of the second division during the period 
of their use in the schools of such districts. Any text books selected for use 
in the schools shall remain in use until the same shall be displaced or re- 
placed by the county board of education; but no book selected and introduced 
into the schools shall in any event be changed within five years from the 
date of introduction. The county board of education or the officers of any 
school district of the second division shall have power to select, introduce 
and use additional and supplementary books at any time, when they deem 
it necessary, in order to establish and maintain the highest standard of 
excellence in their schools. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall 
have power and it shall be his duty to prescribe a uniform course of study 
for all schools of the second division: Provided, That any publisher or pub- 
lishers of school books furnishing books under the provisions of this act to 
any district or districts of this state shall deposit with the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction a copy of any and all books so furnished. 

270. County Superintendent May Handle Text Books, When. 

Sec 6. Whenever any text book adopted by lawful authority is sold 
within any county at a price greater than the retail price agreed upon at 
the time of the adoption, it shall be the duty of the company having the 
contract to furnish any such book, to furnish the county superintendent upon 
his written demand a sufficient, number of copies of said book to supply the 
schools in the districts in which the price charged is greater than the agreed 
price. It shall be the duty of the county superintendent to handle said books 
without charge and to remit to the book company the full retail price of 
such books after ' deducting the necessary charges for all transportation. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 73 



271. Compensation of Text Book Commissioners. 

Sec. 7. Each member of the text book commission, in school districts of 
the first division, shall receive as compensation for his services the sum of 
three dollars for each day during which he is in attendance upon the meet- 
ings of the text book commission, and such compensation shall be paid from 
the funds of the school district. 

272. Joint District in County Where School House Is Located. 

Sec. 8. In all joint districts of the second division, that is to say, in all 
school districts of the second division situated in more than one county, such 
joint school district shall, for the purpose of this act, be held and deemed to 
be a school district within the said county in which the school house is 
located, and for all purposes of this act it shall be under the control and 
jurisdiction of the county board of education of that county. 

CHAPTER 8.— COUNTY CIRCULATING LIBRARIES. 

273. County Superintendent May Establish Library. 

Sectiox 1. The county superintendent of each county of this state miy 
establish a circulating library for the use and benefit of the pupils of the 
common schools of such county. 

274. County Commissioners May Levy Taxes. 

Sec. 2. At the time fixed for the levy of the county tax, the county com- 
missioners of each county may levy a tax sufficient to carry into effect the 
provisions of section one of this chapter: Provided. That said tax shall not 
exceed one-tenth of one mill on each dollar of the assessed valuation of the 
said' county. The proceeds of said tax shall, when collected, constitute a 
circulating school library fund for the payment of all bills created by the 
purchase of books and fixtures by the county superintendent. 

275. County Superintendent Shall Certify Bills. 

Sec. 3. The county commissioners shall allow no bill or bills against 
said fund until it shall have been certified to be correct by the county super- 
intendent. 

276. County Superintendent Shall Not Contract Indebtedness. 

Sec. 4. The county superintendent shall purchase no books or fixtures 
for such circulating library until there shall be to the credit of the circulat- 
ing school library fund sufficient money to pay the purchase price thereof. 

277. Books to Be Recommended, by Whom. 

Sec 5. No book shall bo placed in a county circulating library unless it 
has been recommended by the State Board of Education, or the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction. 

278. County Superintendent to Purchase Books and Enforce Regulations. 
Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of the county superintendent t<> purchase the 

books and to enforce such rules and regulations for their distribution, use, 
care and preservation as he may deem necessary. 



74 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



CHAPTER 9.— SCHOOL REVENUES. 

279. Source of School Funds. 

Section 1. The principal of the common school fund shall remain per- 
manent and irreducible. The said fund shall be derived from the following- 
named sources, to-wit: Appropriations and donations by the state to this 
fund; donations and bequests by individuals to the state or public for com- 
mon schools; the proceeds of lands and other property which revert to the 
state by escheat and forfeiture; the proceeds of all property granted to the 
state, when the purpose of the grant is not specified, or is uncertain; funds 
accumulated in the treasury of the state for the disbursement of which pro- 
vision has net been made by law; the proceeds of the sale of timber, stone, 
minerals or other property from school and state lands, other than those 
granted for specific purposes; all moneys received from persons appropriating 
timber, stone, minerals and other property from school and state lands, other 
than those granted for specific purposes, and all moneys other than rental, 
recovered from persons trespassing on said lands; five per centum of 
the proceeds of the sale of public lands lying within the state, which 
shall be sold by the United States subsequent to the admission of the 
state into the Union as approved by section 13 of the act of Congress enabling 
the admission of the state into the Union; the principal of all funds arising 
from the sale of lands and other property which have been, and hereafter 
may be granted to the state for the support of common schools, and such 
other funds as may be provided by legislative enactment. 

280. Loss a Permanent Debt to the State. 

Sec. 2. All losses to the permanent common school or any other state 
educational fund, which shall be occasioned by defalcation, mismanagement 
or fraud of the agents or officers controlling or managing the same, shall be 
audited by the proper authorities of the state. The amount so audited shall 
be a permanent funded debt against the state in favor of the particular fund 
sustaining such loss, upon which not less than six per cent, annual interest 
shall be paid. 

281. Current School Funds. 

Sec 3. The interest accruing on said permanent school fund, together 
with all rentals and other revenues derived therefrom, and from lands and 
other property devoted to the common school fund, shall be exclusively ap- 
plied to the current use of the common schools. 

In addition thereto it shall be the duty of the state board of equalization, 
annually, at the time of levying taxes for state purposes, to ievy a tax suffi- 
cient to produce a sum which, when added to the amount of money derived 
from interest and other income from the state permanent school fund during 
the preceding school year, shall equal $10.00 for each child of school age 
residing in the state as shown by the last reports of the several county super- 
intendents to the Superintendent of Public Instruction: Provided, That said 
tax shall not exceed five (5) mills on the dollar. 

The funds provided by this section shall be known as the current state 
school fund. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 75 



282. Tax Levy Must Be Certified. 

Sec. 4. The tax levy authorized by section 3 of this chapter shall be 
certified to the several county auditors in the same manner as other state 
taxes are required to be certified, and shall be collected and retained as other 
public funds, by the county treasurers, until paid out in the manner pre- 
scribed by law. 

The county treasurer shall certify to the State Auditor the amount of 
money so collected. It shall be the duty of the State Auditor, within thirty 
(30) days after the date at which the county treasurers are required to trans- 
mit state funds to the State Treasurer, to certify to the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction the amount of all current state school funds in the hands 
of the State Treasurer and county treasurers subject to apportionment. In 
the event that there shall be an excess over the amount apportioned in the 
hands of the county treasurer, the amount shall be transmitted forthwith to 
the State Treasurer. In the event that there shall not be in the hands of the 
county treasurer sufficient to pay the amount apportioned to his county, the 
deficiency shall be paid by the State Treasurer. 

283. County Tax Must Be Levied. 

Sec 5 The county commissioners of the several counties of the State of 
Washington shall annually, at the time of making the tax levy for county 
purposes levy a tax on all the property subject to taxation in their county, 
sufficient to produce the sum of ten dollars for each child of school age 
therein as is shown by the certificate of the county superintendent hereinafter 
mentioned- Provided, That such tax on said property shall in no case exceed 
five mills on each dollar, at the assessed valuation; such tax to be used for 
the support and maintenance of the public schools in such county. 

284. County Superintendent to Certify School Census. 

Sec 6 It shall be the duty of the county superintendent of each county 
in the State of Washington, between the fifteenth day of August and the first 
day of September of each year, to file with the county auditor of his county 
a certificate showing the number of children of school age in each district in 
his countv, as is returned to him by the several school districts therein, and 
said certificate shall be the basis upon which said tax levy, as mentioned in 
section 5 hereof, shall be made by the county commissioners ot the several 
counties of the State of Washington. 

285. How County Funds Must Be Apportioned. 

Sec 7 At the same time that the state school funds are apportioned to 
the different districts, as provided in chapter 5, Title III. of this act, the whole 
of the money derived under section 5 of this chapter shall be apportioned as 
follows: Two-thirds thereof shall go to the different district* ot each counts 
in proportion to the number of days of attendance in each distncl for the 
preceding school year, and one-third thereof shall go to the differenl districts 
of each county in proportion to the number of teachers employed in such dis- 
trict for the preceding school year: Provided, Thai where a districl employed 
a second or additional teacher for a term less than eight months such distiict 
shall receive one-eighth of an apportionment for carl, teacher Cor each month 
she is actually employed. 



76 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



286. District Taxes May Be Levied. 

Sec 8. In addition to the school revenues provided by sections 3 and 6 [5] 
of this chapter, for the support of the common schools of this state, a tax 
may be levied upon all taxable property in each school district of this state, 
in the manner provided by law, and the funds thereby created shall be known 
as the "School District Fund." 

The "School District Fund," together with the apportionment from the 
"Current State School Fund" and the county apportionments, shall constitute 
the "General School Fund" of each school district. 

287. Certain Moneys to Be Placed to the Credit of the Current School Fund. 

Sec. 9. Except as otherwise provided by law, all sums of money derived 
from fines imposed for violation of orders of injunction, mandamus and other 
like writs, or for contempt of court, and the net proceeds of all fines collected 
within the several counties of the state for breach of the penal laws, and all 
funds arising from the sale of lost goods and estrays, and from penalties and 
forfeitures, shall be paid in cash by the person collecting the same, within 
twenty days after the collection, to the county treasurer of the county in 
which the same have accrued, and shall be by him transmitted to the State 
Treasurer, who shall place the same to the credit of the current state school 
fund. He shall indicate in such entry the source from which such money 
was derived. 

CHAPTER 10.— BONDS. 

288. Directors May Borrow Money Upon Bonds. 

Section 1. The board of directors of any school district, provided for in 
this act, or hereafter created in this state, may borrow money and issue ne- 
gotiable coupon bonds therefor to any amount not to exceed five (5) per cent, 
of the taxable property in such district, as shown by the last assessment roll 
for county and state purposes previous to the incurring of such indebtedness; 
except that in incorporated cities the assessment shall be taken from the 
last assessment for city purposes, for the purpose of funding outstanding 
indebtedness, or bonds heretofore issued, or issued under the provisions of 
this act, or for the purchase of school house site or sites, building one or 
more school houses and providing the same with all necessary furniture, ap- 
paratus or equipment, or for any or all of these purposes, when authorized by 
a vote of the district so to do as provided in section 2 of this chapter: Pro- 
vided, That the bonds so issued shall bear a rate of interest not to exceed 
six per cent, per annum, interest payable annually or semi-annually, payable 
and redeemable at such time as may be designated in the bonds, but not to 
exceed twenty (20) years from date of issue. 

289. Bond Elections. 

Sec. 2. That the question whether bonds shall be issued, as provided in 
section 1 of this chapter, shall be determined at an election to be held in the 
manner prescribed by law for holding annual school elections. Notice there- 
for shall state the amount of bonds proposed to be issued, time they are to 
run, and purpose for which the money is to be used. The ballots must con- 
tain the words, "Bonds, yes," or "Bonds, no." If a majority of the votes 
cast at such election are "Bonds, yes," the board of directors must issue such 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



bonds: Provided, That if the amount of bonds to be issued, together with 
any outstanding indebtedness of the district, exceeds one and one-half per 
cent, of the taxable property in said district, then three-fifths of the votes cast 
at such election must be "Bonds, yes," before the board of directors are au- 
thorized to issue said bonds. The bonds shall be in such form as the board of 
directors may prescribe, and shall, with the coupons, be signed by the board 
of directors and countersigned by the clerk of the school district: Provided. 
That in school districts of the first class said bonds, with the coupons, shall 
be signed in the corporate name of the district by the president of the board 
of directors thereof and attested by the secretary of the board, except that 
said coupons may bear the lithograph signatures, only, of the said president 
and secretary; in districts of the first class the corporate seal of the said 
district shall be affixed to each bond by the secretary thereof. 

290. Bonds Shall Be Advertised. 

Sec. 3. When authorized and empowered to issue bonds, as provided in 
sections 1 and 2 of this chapter, the board of directors shall, within thirty 
days after the date of election, certify the result to the county treasurer to 
which said school district belongs, who shall publish notice of the sale of 
such bonds, in at least one weekly newspaper published at the county seat, 
if there be one, for four consecutive issues, and publish such other notices 
as the board of directors may require. Said- notices must give the amounts 
of bonds to be sold, the time to run, where payable, the option, if any. of 
the district to redeem, also naming the hour and day for considering bids, 
and asking bidders to name price and rates of interest at which they will 
purchase such bonds or any of them. Such bonds shall be issued in denomi- 
nations of not less than one hundred nor more than one thousand dollars 
($1,000) and shall contain upon their face the date and series of issue, rate 
of interest, where payable, time to run, option, if any, of district to redeem, 
and the printed or lithographed statement that said bond is issued under the 
provisions of this act, and that the whole indebtedness of said district does 
not exceed the constitutional limit. Each bond so issued must be registered 
by the county treasurer in a book to be kept for that purpose, which must 
show the number and such data as is necessary to secure a complete record 
of such bond, the series and amount of such bond, the person to whom the 
same is issued, the number of the district issuing, together with the names 
of directors signing the same; and the said bond shall lie endorsed by the 
treasurer, with his name and a full statement of the name of the person to 
whom sold, and when issued, together with the number and series of said 
bond: Provided, That in the case of joint school districts the bond or bonds 
shall be registered by the treasurer of each county in which any part of such 
joint school district shall lie. 

291. Sale of Bonds. 

Skc. 4. At the time named in said notice it shall be the duty of said 
board of directors to meet with the county treasurer at his office, and with 
him open said bids, and sell said bonds or anj pin lion thereof to the person 
or persons making the most advantageous offer: Provided, The bonds shall 
never be sold below par. and the board of directors may reject any and all 
bids, and at any time within two years of the election at which authority was 



78 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



granted to issue and sell said bonds, the board of directors may proceed to 
readvertise the sale of such bonds or any portion thereof as often as may be 
necessary, until the whole thereof shall be sold; and such board may also 
require all persons bidding for such bonds, except the State of Washington, 
to deposit one per centum of the par value of the bonds bid for on depositing 
with the treasurer their bids, and if the bidder fails to take and pay for the 
bonds for which he bid, in case of their sale to him, the amount so deposited 
shall be forfeited to the school district; otherwise to be returned to such 
bidder, and a re-sale of such bonds so refused to be taken may be made as 
if the bid for the same had been rejected. Upon the sale of the bonds, the 
board of directors shall, within ten days, or as soon thereafter as practicable, 
deliver the bonds, properly executed, to the county treasurer, taking his re- 
ceipt therefor. The county treasurer shall, upon payment of the price agreed 
upon, deliver the same to the person or persons to whom sold, and place the 
moneys arising from such sale to the credit of the general school fund of the 
district. Fees for advertising shall be deducted from the proceeds: Pro- 
vided. That if the board of directors and the person or persons to whom the 
bonds are sold agree that the delivery of said bonds shall be in installments, 
the county treasurer shall hold said bonds, and deliver to purchasers only on 
written order of the board of directors to deliver at specified time the bonds 
designated by number and series. 

292. May Exchange Warrants for Bonds. 

Sec. 5. If bonds issued under this chapter are not sold as herein pro- 
vided, the holders of unpaid warrants drawn on the county treasurer by such 
district for an indebtedness existing at the date of the election may exchange 
said warrants at the face value thereof and accrued interest thereon for 
coupon bonds issued under this chapter, at not less than par value and ac- 
crued interest of such bonds at the time of the exchange; such exchange to 
be made under such regulations as may be provided by the board of directors 
of such district. 

293. Joint School Districts. 

Sec. 6. For the purposes of this chapter .a joint school district shall be 
deemed as belonging to the county in which the school house is located, if 
there be a school house, and if there be no school house, then it shall be 
deemed as belonging to the county in which the district owns a school house 
site that has been lawfully selected by the electors of the district. 

294. County Commissioners Must Levy Taxes for Interest. 

Sec. 7. The county commissioners must ascertain and levy annually, in 
addition to the school district tax, the tax necessary to pay the interest upon 
such bonds as it becomes due, and at the expiration of one-half of the time 
for which said bonds are to run, and annually thereafter, until full payment 
of said bonds is made, they may, if deemed advisable, levy, in addition to the 
tax required to pay the interest, such amount for sinking fund to meet the 
payments of said bonds at maturity, to be determined by dividing the amount 
of bonds outstanding by the remaining number of years to run, and the funa 
arising from such levy shall be kept as the bond redemption fund of said 
district, and each of said tax levies shall be a lien upon the property of said 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 79 



district, and must be collected in the same manner as the taxes for other 
school purposes: Provided, That the county treasurer, when authorized to 
do so by the board of directors of any school district, may invest any accum- 
ulated sinking fund of said district in school, county or state warrants of the 
State of Washington, and all profits accruing from such investment, and the 
funds so invested, shall revert to the sinking fund of said district, and the 
county treasurer shall be custodian of all warrants purchased by and with 
the said sinking fund, until the same are redeemed: And provided further. 
That the county treasurer, when authorized to do so by the board of directors 
of any school district, may purchase and redeem any of the outstanding bonds 
of said district, paying for said bonds out of the accumulated sinking fund 
of the district. 

295. Commissioners to Levy for Joint Districts. 

Sec. 8. In case of a joint school district, the county commissioners of 
each and every county in which any part of such joint district shall lie. 
shall levy a tax as hereinbefore provided in section 6 of this chapter, and the 
treasurer of each county in which the school house or school house site is not 
situated shall at least five days before the time at which said bonds or the 
interest thereon must be paid, according to the conditions cf the issuance and 
sale thereof, transmit to the treasurer of the county in wnich the school 
house or school house site is situated (and to which the joint school district 
is construed to belong), all moneys in his possession derived from the tax 
provided for in this chapter; and the county treasurer receiving such money 
shall receipt in duplicate to the treasurer or treasurers remitting such funds 
for such money; and he shall also place the amount or amounts so received 
to the credit of the special bond fund or funds of the joint school district to 
which it properly belongs. 

296. Treasurer Must Pay Interest. 

Sec. 9. The county treasurer must pay out of any moneys belonging to 
the credit of the fund of the school district created by section 6 hereof the 
interest upon any bonds issued under this act by such school district when 
the same becomes due, at such place as may be designated in the coupons 
attached to said bonds, or upon the presentation at his office of said coupons, 
which must show the amount clue and the number and series of the bond to 
which it belongs, and all coupons so paid must be immediately reported to 
the school directors. 

297. School Directors Must Have Bonds Printed or Lithographed. 

Se< . 10. The school directors of any district must cause to be printed or 
lithographed, at the lowest rates, suitable bonds, with coupons attached, when 
the same become necessary, and pay therefor out of the moneys in the county 
treasury to the credit of the school district. 

298. School Districts May Refund Bonds. 

Sec. 11. Whenever any school district in this state shall have heretofore, 
under any cf the acts of the territorial or state legislatures then in Eo 
lawfully issued any bonds, and the amount of said bonds so issued and 
negotiated did not, at the time of their issue, exceed the sum of five per 



go CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



centum of the taxable property of the said school district, it shall be lawful 
for the said school district to issue and exchange its bonds at a rate of in- 
terest not greater than that borne by the original issue of bonds, par for 
par, without any further vote of .the school district than that theretofore had 
or required by existing law at the time of their issue, and said bonds shall 
in all respects conform to and be governed by the other provisions of this act. 

299. School Boards May Exchange Bonds for Matured Bonds. 

Sec. 12. Whenever any bonds lawfully issued by any school district under 
the provisions of this act shall reach maturity and shall remain unpaid, or 
may be paid under any option provided in the bonds, the board of directors 
thereof shall have the power to fund the same by issuing coupon bonds con- 
formable to the requirements of this act and exchange the same par for par, 
for the outstanding bonds as aforesaid, without any further vote of the school 
district: Provided, That such bonds shall be issued in denominations of not 
less than one hundred dollars nor more than one thousand dollars, shall be 
redeemable within twenty years from date of issue, and shall draw a rate of 
interest not to exceed six per centum per annum. 

300. Holder of Bonds to Notify County Treasurer. 

Sec. 13. Every holder of any of the bonds so issued as provided in this 
act, shall within ten (10) days after he shall become the owner or holder 
thereof, notify the county treasurer of the county in which such bonds are 
issued of his ownership, together with his full name and postomce address, 
and the county treasurer of said county shall, in addition to the published 
notice hereinafter provided for, deposit in the postomce, properly stamped 
and addressed to each owner or holder of any such bonds subject to redemp- 
tion or payment, a notice in like form, stating the time and place of the re- 
demption of such bonds and the number of the bonds to be redeemed, and in 
case any owners of bonds shall fail to notify the treasurer of their ownership 
as aforesaid, then a notice mailed to the last holder of such bonds shall be 
deemed sufficient, and any and all such notices so mailed as aforesaid shall be 
deemed to be personal notice to the holders of such bonds, and at the expira- 
tion of the time therein named shall have the force to suspend the interest 
upon any such bonds. 

301. County Treasurer Shall Be Paid for Incidental Expenses. 

Sec. 14. At any time after the issuance of such bonds, and in the dis- 
charge of the duties imposed upon said county treasurer, should any inci- 
dental expense, costs or charges arise, the said county treasurer shall present 
his claim for the same to the board of directors of the school district issuing 
such bonds, and the same shall be audited and paid in the same manner as 
other services are paid under the provisions of law. 

302. County Treasurer to Publish Notice of Redemption of Bonds. 

Sec 15. Whenever the amount of any sinking fund created under the 
provisions of this act shall equal the amount, principal and interest, of any 
bond then due, or subject under the pleasure or option of said school district 
to be paid or redeemed, it shall be the duty of the county treasurer of the 
county in which the school district issuing such bonds is located, to publish 



STATE OF WASHINGTON gl 



a notice in the official newspaper of the county, if such a one there be, and 
if not, then in a newspaper of general circulation, that the said county 
treasurer will within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, redeem 
and pay any such bond then redeemable or payable, giving priority according 
to the date of issue numerically, and upon the presentation of any such bond 
or bonds the said treasurer shall pay the same; and in case that any holder 
of such bond or bonds shall fail or neglect to present the same at the time 
mentioned in said notice, or in the notice hereinbefore provided for, then 
the interest upon such bond or bonds shall cease and determine, and the 
treasurer of such county shall thereafter pay only the amount of such bond 
and the interest accrued thereon up to the day mentioned in said notice. 
When any bonds are so redeemed or paid, the county treasurer shall cause 
the same to be fully canceled, and write across the face of such bonds the 
words "redeemed," with the date of redemption, and shall file same with the 
county auditor as vouchei'S for the sums so paid. 

CHAPTER 11.— VALIDATION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUE OF 

BONDS THEREFOR. 

303. Electors May Validate Indebtedness. 

Section 1. Any school district may validate and ratify the indebtedness 
of such school district, incurred for strictly school purposes, when the same 
together with all then outstanding legal indebtedness does not exceed five 
per centum of the value of the taxable property in such school district. The 
value of taxable property in such school district shall be ascertained as pro- 
vided in article eight, section six of the constitution of the State of Wash- 
ington. 

304. Resolution of Board — Three-fifths Vote. 

Sec. 2. Whenever the board of directors of any school district shall deem 
it advisable to validate and ratify the indebtedness mentioned in section 1 
of this chapter, they shall provide therefor by resolution, which shall be 
entered on the records of such school district, which resolution shall provide 
for the holding of an election for the purpose of submitting the question of 
validating and ratifying the indebtedness so incurred to the voters of such 
school district for approval or disapproval, and if at such election three-fifths 
of the voters in such school district voting at such election shall vote in favor 
of the validation and ratification of such indebtedness, then such indebtedness 
so validated and ratified and every part thereof existing at the time of the 
adoption of said resolution shall thereby become and is hereby declared to be 
validated and ratified and a binding obligation upon such school district, 
when the only grounds of the previous invalidity of such Indebtedness so 
ratified and .validated is that at the time of the attempted incurring thereof, 
the same, together with all other then existing Indebtedness of such school 
district, exceeded one and one-half per centum of the taxable property in such 
school district, as provided in article eight, section six of the constitution of 
the State of Washington, and that such indebtedness was so attempted to be 
incurred without the assent of three-fifths of the voters of such scbool district 
voting at an election held for that purpose, as required by said constitution. 
— G 



gg CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

305. Posting and Publishing Notices. 

Sec. 3. At the time of the adoption of the resolution provided for in sec- 
tion 2 of this chapter, the board of directors shall direct the clerk or secre- 
tary of the board to give public notice of the time, place or places, and pur- 
pose of such election, and specifying the amount and general character of the 
indebtedness proposed to be ratified. Such clerk or secretary shall thereupon 
cause written or printed notices to be posted in at least five places in such 
school district, at least twenty days before such election. Said notice shall 
also be published for the same length of time in a daily newspaper, printed 
and published in such district, and if there be no such daily newspaper, then 
in a weekly newspaper, published in this state and of general circulation in 
the county where such school district is situated, in two regular issues of 
such weekly newspaper next preceding the day of such election. Said notices 
shall contain a copy of the resolution mentioned in section 2 of this chapter, 
the time of holding such election and location of polling place or places, a 
statement of the object of the election, and the form of the ballot adopted by 
the board to determine the question submitted to the voters. 

306. The Election. 

Sec. 4. Elections hereunder shall be by ballot, and conducted in the man- 
ner provided for conducting annual school elections. The ballot must con- 
tain the words, "Validating and ratifying indebtedness, yes," or the words, 
"Validating and ratifying indebtedness, no." Ballots containing the words, 
"Validating and ratifying indebtedness, yes," shall be counted in favor of 
validating and ratifying such indebtedness, and ballots containing the words, 
"Validating and ratifying indebtedness, no," shall be counted against vali- 
dating and ratifying such indebtedness. As soon as the polls are closed at 
such election, the judge at each polling place shall count the votes, ascertain 
the result and certify the same and make return thereof, within two days 
after such election, to the board of directors of such district, by depositing the 
same, together with the ballots cast at such election, with the clerk or sec- 
retary of such board, and within five days after such election, or as soon as all 
the returns of such election are deposited as herein provided, the board of 
directors of such district shall meet and canvass and declare the result, and 
shall cause to be entered a minute thereof on the records of such district. 
The qualifications of voters at such election shall be the same as prescribed 
for the election of school officers. 

307. Board of Directors May Issue Bonds. 

Sec. 5. If the indebtedness of such school district is validated and rati- 
fied, as provided in this chapter, by three-fifths of the voters voting at such 
election, the board of directors of such school district, without any further 
vote, may borrow money and issue negotiable coupon bonds therefor. Bonds 
so issued shall bear a rate of interest not to exceed six per cent, per annum, 
interest payable semi-annually, payable and redeemable at such time and 
place as designated in the bonds, but not exceeding twenty years from date 
of issue. The bonds and coupons shall be in such form as the board of di- 
rectors shall prescribe, and payable at such place as may be designated there- 
in. In all school districts of the second or third class, said bonds, with the 
coupons, must be signed by the board of directors and countersigned by the 



STATE OF WASHINGTON gg 

. ■ , 

clerk of the school district. In school districts of the first-class said bonds, 
with the coupons, must be signed in the corporate name of the district, by the 
president of the board of directors thereof, and attested by the secretary of 
the board, except that the said coupons may bear the lithograph signatures 
of the said president and secretary. The seal of such district, ir such district 
has a seal, shall be affixed to each bond by the secretary thereof. The moneys 
arising from the sale of coupon bonds issued under this chapter shall be 
placed by the treasurer of the county in a special fund to the credit of such 
school district existing at the time of the adoption of the resolution men- 
tioned in section 2 of this chapter, not evidenced by negotiable bonds. 

308. Board Shall Deliver Resolution to County Treasurer. 

Sec. 6. When authorized to issue bonds, as provided in this chapter, the 
board of directors shall, at a meeting of such board, by resolution provide for 
the issuing of such bonds, prescribing their number, amount and term, and 
shall deliver a copy of said resolution to the county treasurer of the county 
in which such school district is situated or to which it belongs as provided 
in this act, who shall immediately advertise for sale said bonds, and the law 
relating to other school bonds shall govern, control and apply to bonds issued 
or sold under this chapter, except that bonds issued under this chapter shall 
not bear a greater rate of interest than six per cent, per annum, and they may 
be sold in such amounts or blocks as the board of directors may direct, and 
such board may also require all persons bidding for said bonds, except the 
State of Washington, to deposit one per cent, of the par value of the bonds 
bid for on depositing with the treasurer their bids, and if the bidder fails to 
take and pay for the bonds for which he bid, in case of their sale to him, the 
amount so deposited shall be forfeited to the school district, otherwise to be 
returned to such bidder, and a re-sale of such bonds so refused to be taken 
may be made as if the bid for the same had been rejected, and the money 
arising from the sale of the bonds issued under this chapter shall be applied 
as provided in section 5 of this chapter. 

309. Boards May Exchange Bonds for Warrants. 

Sec. 7. If bonds issued under this chapter are not sold as herein provided, 
the holders of unpaid warrants drawn on the county treasurer by such dis- 
trict for an indebtedness existing at the time of the adoption of the resolu- 
tion mentioned in section 2 of this chapter, may exchange said warrants at 
the face value thereof and accrued interest thereon for coupon bonds issued 
under this chapter, at not less than par value and accrued interest of such 
bonds at the time of the exchange; such exchange to be made under such 
regulations as may be provided by the board of directors of such district. 

310. If Bonds Are Not Issued, Special Levy May Be Made. 

Sec. 8. When the board of directors shall have canvassed and declared 
the result of the election as prescribed in section 4 ef this chapter, It shall, 
if the same shall have been in favor of validating and ratifying the indehted- 
ness, immediately cause to be sent to the county treasurer of the county in 
which such district is situated, notice of the result of said election. The an- 
nual expense of such district shall not thereafter exceed the annual revenue 
thereof, and any officer of such district, who shall knowingly aid in increasing 



84 CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

the annual expenditure in excess of the annual revenue of such district shall 
be deemed to be guilty of misdemeanor, and shall be punished by a fine not 
exceeding five hundred dollars. If the indebtedness of such school district, 
excluding the bonded indebtedness existing before the adoption of said reso- 
lution, is not extinguished by the exchange of warrants for bonds, or by the 
proceeds of the sale of bonds, as herein provided, then it shall be the duty 
of the board of directors, thirty days before the regular annual tax levy, to 
certify the amount of such indebtedness remaining unpaid to the board of 
county commissioners of the county in which such school district is situated, 
and said board of county commissioners, at the time of making the regular 
annual tax levy, shall annually levy a special tax on the taxable property of 
the district not to exceed three mills on the dollar on the valuation of such 
taxable property, which shall be collected as other taxes are collected, and 
the proceeds of such tax shall be a special fund for the payment of the in- 
debtedness of such district, not included in bonds, existing at the time of the 
adoption of the resolution mentioned in section 2 of this chapter. 

CHAPTER 12.— CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS. 
Article I. — General Provisions. 

311. Certificates Not Invalidated. 

Section 1. Nothing in this act shall be construed to invalidate the life 
diplomas granted under the laws of the Territory of Washington, or to in- 
validate any certificate or diploma heretofore granted in accordance with the 
laws of the State of Washington, but the same shall continue in effect in 
accordance with the provisions of the laws under which they were granted: 
Provided, That any third grade certificate, second grade certificate, first grade 
primary certificate, or first grade certificate, or any renewal, or any per- 
manent certificate, in full force and effect at the time of the taking effect of 
this act shall, for the purpose of renewal, or for securing a certificate of 
higher grade, or for securing a permanent certificate, or for any other pur- 
pose whatsoever, be of the same force and effect, and shall entitle the holder 
thereof to the same rights and privileges as he would be entitled to were 
he the holder of a certificate of like designation authorized by this act. 

312. Certificates to Be Issued by Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

Sec. 2. All certificates and diplomas, except temporary certificates, and 
special certificates, shall be issued or countersigned by the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction. 

313. The Fee for Any Certificate to Be One Dollar. 

Sec. 3. The fee for any teacher's certificate or any renewal thereof, or 
any life diploma, or other instrument issued by authority of the State of 
Washington, and authorizing the holder to teach in the public schools of the 
state shall be one dollar. The fee must accompany the application and can- 
not be refunded unless the application is withdrawn before it is finally 
considered. The county superintendent, or other officer authorized to receive 
such fee, shall within thirty days transmit the same to the treasurer of the 
county wherein such applicant is to teach or resides, to be by him placed to 
the credit of the institute fund of said city or county: Provided, That if any 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 85 

city collecting fees for the certification of teachers does not hold an institute 
separate from the county, then all such moneys shall be placed to the credit 
of the county institute fund. 

314. Applicants Must Be at Least Eighteen Years of Age. 

Sec. 4. No person who is less than eighteen years of age shall receive a 
'certificate to teach in the State of Washington nor take the examination for 
the same; nor shall any person less than nineteen years of age receive any 
certificate other than a temporary, a third grade, or a second grade. 

315. Evidence of Moral Character Must Be Filed. 

Sec. 5. No teacher's certificate shall be issued to any person who shall not 
file with the examiners satisfactory evidence of good moral character and 
personal fitness. 

316. Credits of Ninety Per Cent, or Over. 

Sec. 6. Any person who receives credits of ninety per cent, or over in 
any subject or subjects at any regular teachers' examination in this state 
shall not be required to take an examination again in such subject or sub- 
jects in order to receive any certificate for which the applicant may be 
eligible to apply, so long as he is actively engaged in educational work. The 
holder of any common school certificate shall be entitled to write on one or 
more subjects at any examination for the purpose of securing credits; and 
when sufficient credits have been earned the proper certificate shall be issued. 

317. Evidence of Successful Experience Shall Consist of. 

Sec. 7. Evidence of successful teaching experience shall consist of a writ- 
ten personal statement signed by a superintendent of schools or other person 
competent to judge and having personal knowledge of the applicant's work 
as a teacher or supervisor, which shall be sent by the writer to the superin- 
tendent concerned. The aforesaid documentary evidence of successful teach- 
ing shall be kept on file in the office of the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion. 

318. Optional Subjects. 

Sec 8. Tbe State Board of Education shall prepare a list of optional 
subjects for each grade above the second, from which the applicants for cer- 
tificates above the second grade may select as provided for in Article IV of 
this chapter. 

319. Certificates May Be Renewed. 

Sec 9. Any holder of a certificate higher than a second grade who shall, 
after the granting of the same, complete one year's work in an accredited 
institution of higher education in this state, shall, when such work is cer- 
tified to by the president of such institution, be entitled to a renewal upon 
application. 

320. Certificate Must Contain Subjects. 

Sec 10. Every certificate issued by authority of the State of Washington 
shall have written or printed upon its face the subjects in which the holder 



86 



CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



has been examined, with standings in each, or the subjects or work upon 
which credits are given. 

321. Certificates Entitle Holder to Teach in Any County When Registered. 

Sec. 11. All certificates issued by the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion shall be valid and entitle the holder thereof to teach in any county of the 
state upon being registered by the county superintendent thereof, which fact* 
shall be evidenced by him on the certificate in the words, "Registered for use 
in county," together with the date of registry, and his official signa- 
ture: Provided, That a copy of the original certificate or diploma duly cer- 
tified by the Superintendent of Public Instruction may be used for the pur- 
pose of registry and endorsement in lieu of the original. 

Article II. — Examinations. 

322. Examination — Where and When Held. 

Section 1. An examination for the certification of teachers of the State 
of Washington for third, second, first grade primary and first grade cer- 
tificates shall be held at the county seat of each county by the county super- 
intendent in accordance with the rules and regulations of the State Board 
of Education, on the second Thursday of May and December and the Friday 
and Saturday next following and on the last Thursday of August and the 
Friday and Saturday next following; and for professional and life certificates 
on the above named days of May and August only: Provided, That any per- 
son taking any examination shall be authorized to teach until notified of the 
result of such examination. 

323. County Superintendents Shall Transmit Manuscripts. 

Sec 2. The county superintendent shall within three days following the 
close of the examinations provided for in section 1 of this article, transmit 
to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction all papers written at such 
examination, together with such other reports as shall by him be required. 
The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall keep all manuscripts on file 
for a period of at least sixty (60) days. 

Article III. — Classification of Common School Certificates and Diplomas. 

324. Classification of Certificates. 

Section 1. The certificates and diplomas granted by authority of the 
State of Washington, and authorizing the holders to teach in the public 
schools of this state shall be classified as follows: 

First — Common School Certificates and Diplomas. 

(a) Third Grade Certificates; 

(b) Second Grade Certificates; 

(c) First Grade Primary Certificates; 

(d) First Grade Certificates; 

(e) Professional Certificates; 

(f) Permanent Certificates; 

1. Permanent First Grade Primary Certificates; 

2. Permanent First Grade Certificates; 

3. Permanent Professional Certificates; 



STATE OF WASHINGTON . 37 



(g) Life Certificates. 

Second— City Certificates. 

(a) City High School Certificates; 

(b) City Grammar School Certificates; 

(c) City Primary Certificates. 

Third— Certificates and diplomas of the Higher Institutions of Learning. 

(a) Of the Normal Schools; 

(b) Of the State College of Washington; 

(c) Of the University of Washington. 
Fourth — Temporary Certificates. 

Fifth — Special Certificates. 

Article IV. — Common School Certificates and Diplomas. 

325. Certificates and Diplomas Described. 

Section 1. The common school certificates and diplomas issued by au- 
thority of the State of Washington, the period for which each shall be valid 
and the qualifications required of applicants for the same shall be as follows: 

First— Third Grade Common School Certificates.— Applicant shall pass an 
examination in reading, grammar, penmanhsip and punctuation, history of 
the United States, geography, arithmetic, physiology and hygiene, theory and 
art of teaching, orthography, and Washington State Manual. This certificate 
shall be valid for one year: Provided, That the holder of a third grade cer- 
tificate who shall, after the granting of the same, attend any accredited in- 
stitution of higher education in this state for one year, shall upon application 
be granted a second grade certificate. 

Second— Second Grade Common School Certificates.— Applicants shall 
have credits in the same subjects as for a third grade common school cer- 
tificate and shall take an examination in music: Provided, That this cer- 
tificate may be granted once to teachers from other states who have had ten 
years or more of successful experience. Any such applicant must take an 
examination in State Manual. This certificate shall be valid for two years, 
but may be renewed, if, during the life of the certificate, the holder has 
complied with any one of the following conditions, to-wit: 1. An attendance 
of one semester at an accredited school of higher education or of six weeks 
at an accredited summer school when satisfactory work was done in three 
subjects and certified to by the principal of such school. 2. Upon sixteen 
months of successful teaching. 

Third— First Grade Primary Certificates.— Applicant must have taught at 
least forty-five months in the primary grades, and shall have credits in the 
same subjects as for a second grade certificate, and must also pass an exami- 
nation in nature study, drawing, literature, and physical geography; but the 
State Board of Education may accept other subjects in lieu of two of the 
above subjects at the request of the applicant, as provided in section 9[8] of 
article 1 of this chapter. This certificate shall authorize the holder to teach 
in the primary grades only and shall be valid for five (6) years, and may be 
renewed for a like period at the expiration thereof if during the lite 0! the 
certificate the holder has complied with any one of the following conditions, 
to-wit- 1 An attendance of one year at an accredited Institution of higher 



88 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



learning during the life of the certificate when satisfactory work was done 
in three subjects and certified to by the principal or president of such school. 
2. Successful teaching for not less than twenty-four (24) months during the 
life of the certificate. Any renewal may be renewed in like manner. 

Fourth — First Grade Certificates. — Applicant must haye taught at least 
nine (9) months and shall have credits in the same subjects as for a second 
grade certificate, and also in physics, English literature, algebra and physical 
geography. The State Board of Education may accept other subjects in lieu 
of two of these upon request of the applicant, as hereinbefore provided. Ap- 
plicant must secure the same number of credits as for a first grade primary 
certificate. This certificate shall be valid for five (5) years and may be 
renewed in the same manner and under the same conditions as a first grade 
primary certificate. 

Fifth — Professional Certificates. — Applicant shall meet all the require- 
ments for a first grade certificate, but must have taught successfully twenty- 
four (24) months, at least eight (8) months of which must have been in the 
State of Washington. He shall also pass an examination in plane geometry, 
geology, botany, zoology, and civil government: Provided, That the State 
Board of Education may accept other subjects in lieu of any or all of these 
upon the request of the applicant, as hereinbefore provided. This certificate 
shall be valid for five (5) years and may be renewed in the same manner and 
under the same conditions as a first grade certificate. 

Sixth — Permanent Certificates. — Applicant must be the holder of a first 
grade primary certificate, a first grade certificate, or a professional certificate, 
or a renewal of any one of them, in full force and effect, and must have 
taught successfully not less than seventy-two (72) months, nor less than 
thirty-six (36) months in the State of Washington, nor less than eighteen 
(18) months -subsequent to the granting of the certificate upon which the 
application is made. Upon filing satisfactory evidence of having met these 
requirements, together with the written endorsement of the county superin- 
tendent, a permanent certificate shall be issued of the same grade as that 
held by the applicant, valid during the life of the holder unless revoked for 
cause. 

Seventh— Life Certificates. — Applicant must file with the Superintendent 
of Public Instruction evidence of having taught successfully for forty-five 
(45) months, not less than twenty-seven (27) months of which shall have 
been in this state. He must have the credits required for professional cer- 
tificates and in addition shall pass an examination in the following, to-wit: 
Psychology, history of education, bookkeeping, composition, general history: 
Provided, That the Board of Education may accept other subjects in lieu 
thereof upon request of the applicant. This certificate shall be valid during 
the life of the holder unless revoked for cause. 

Article V. — City Certificates. 

326. Board of Examiners — Powers and Duties. 

Section 1. In any city of this state in which one hundred or more 
teachers are employed in the city schools, if the board of directors in such 
city shall so determine, there shall be a board of examiners, consisting of the 



STATE OP WASHINGTON 



89 



city superintendent of schools and two other members having practical 
experience as teachers, residents of said city, to be designated as associate 
examiners. The associate examiners shall be elected by the board of directors 
at their regular meeting in July annually, and shall hold office for one year, 
but no candidate for examination as a preliminary to teaching in the public 
schools shall be an associate examiner. The city superintendent of schools 
shall be chairman of the board of examiners. The board of examiners shall 
meet and hold examinations for the granting of teachers' certificates on such 
occasions only as may be authorized by the board of directors. Such board 
of examiners shall have power: 

1. To adopt rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of this 
state or the rules of the State Board of Education, for its own government 
and for the examination of teachers and to fix standards of proficiency for the 
granting and renewing of certificates, subject to the approval of the board 
of directors. 

2. To prepare questions on the various subjects prescribed by law and 
examine by written or oral examination all candidates for the following cer- 
tificates: 

(a) A city high school certificate, valid for one year only, unless renewed, 
and authorizing the holder to teach or serve as principal in any primary, 
grammar, or high school in such city. 

(6) A city grammar school certificate, valid for one year only, unless 
renewed, and authorizing the holder to teach in any primary or grammar 
school, or serve as principal in any primary school in such city. 

(c) A city primary certificate, valid for one year only, unless renewed, 
and authorizing the holder to teach in any primary school in the city. 

The board of examiners shall report the result of all examinations to the 
board of directors, who, through the president and secretary thereof, shall 
issue to the successful candidates the certificates to which they are entitled; 
and the board of directors shall report a list of certificates issued to the 
State Superintendent of Public Instruction and to the county superintendent 
of the county in which the city is located. 

3. To recommend to the board of directors renewal of the various renew- 
able certificates, in accordance with such regulations as they may adopt, or as 
may be prescribed by the board of directors; whereupon said board of di- 
rectors, through its president and secretary, may renew such certificates from 
year to year. 

327. Qualifications of Applicants. 

Six. 2. No certificate of permission to teach shall be issued to any person 
not eighteen years of age. No certificate shall be granted to any person whose 
moral character or habits are known by the board of examiners or board of 
directors to be bad, or who is afflicted with a serious Infectious or hereditary 
disease. No certificate shall be granted by the board of directors or upon 
its authority except to successful candidates in a regular or special examina- 
tion conducted by the board of examiners in accordance with the provisions 
of the law. 

328. Primary and Grammar Certificates. 

Sec. 3. City primary and city grammar certificates shall i><> granted only 
to applicants who are found upon examination to have a practical knowledge 



90 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



of pedagogics, school management and the general school system of the State 
of Washington, and to be proficient in and qualified to teach the following 
branches: Reading, writing, spelling, English grammar, geography, arith- 
metic, physiology and hygiene, United States history, and such other English 
branches as the board of directors may prescribe: Provided, That the ex- 
amination of applicants for such certificates shall be specially adapted to 
discover their fitness to teach all branches named to pupMs of primary or 
grammar grades respectively. 

329. High School Certificates. 

Sec. 4. City high school certificates shall be granted only to applicants 
who pass satisfactorily the examination required for grammar certificates 
and in addition thereto sustain a satisfactory examination in civil govern- 
ment, physical geography, elementary physics, algebra, botany, and such 
other branches as the board of directors may prescribe. 

330. Exemptions from Examinations. 

Sec. 5. Holders of normal diplomas and holders of state diplomas or 
state certificates or any certificate authorized by the laws of the State of 
Washington shall be exempt from all further examinations during the terms 
of validity of such certificates as provided by law. Teachers engaged in the 
exclusive teaching of music, foreign languages, drawing, penmanship, kinder- 
garten, manual training, domestic science and physical culture shall be 
exempt from all examinations except such as pertain to the special depart- 
ments over which they preside. 

331. Special Certificates. 

Sec. 6. Special certificates shall be granted only to applicants who pass 
satisfactorily the examination in a special or departmental subject (such as 
music, foreign' language, drawing, penmanship, kindergarten, manual train- 
ing, domestic science, physical culture, etc.), and such other subjects as are 
calculated to discover applicants' fitness to teach in public schools. 

Article VI. — Certificates and Diplomas of the Higher Institutions of 

Learning. 

332. Papers to Be Issued According to Law. 

Section 1. Certificates and diplomas of the normal schools, of the State 
College of Washington, and of the University of Washington shall be granted 
as provided by law. 

Article VII. — Temporary Certificates. 

333. Shall Be Granted, to Whom. 

Section 1. Temporary certificates shall be issued by the county superin- 
tendent, or, if in a district of the first class by the city superintendent, in the 
county or district where the applicant expects to teach and shall be valid in 
such county or district only until the end of the then current school year. 
Temporary certificates shall be granted to such applicants only as show evi- 
dence of fitness to teach, either by successful experience, or by being the 
holder of accredited papers or a valid certificate or diploma from some other 
state or territory, or by special written examination. Only one temporary 



\ 

STATE OF WASHINGTON 91 



certificate shall be issued to any one applicant within a period of three (3) 
years, and issuance of the same shall be immediately reported to the Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction. 

Article VIII. — Special Certificates. 

334. Shall Be Granted, to Whom. 

Section 1. Special certificates shall be issued by the county superintend- 
ent, or city superintendent if in a city, to applicants who show by examina- 
tion or otherwise satisfactory evidence of fitness to teach special subjects, 
such as music, foreign languages, art, manual training, penmanship, kinder- 
garten, domestic science, typewriting, stenography, physical culture, etc. 
Special certificates shall be valid so long as the holder continues to teach in 
the city or county where granted, unless revoked. 

Article IX. — Revocation of Certificates. 

335. May Be Revoked by Authority Which Issued It. 

Section 1. Any certificate to teach named in this act may be revoked by 
the authority authorized to grant same upon complaint of any superintendent 
for immorality, violation of written contract, intemperance, crime against the 
law of the state, or any unprofessional conduct, after the defendant has been 
given an opportunity to be heard. 

336. Penalty for Revocation. 

Sec. 2. In case any certificate is revoked, the holder shall not be eligible 
to receive another teacher's certificate for a period of twelve months after the 
date of revocation. 

337. Right of Appeal. 

Sec 3. Any teacher whose certificate to teach has been revoked, as pro- 
vided in the preceding sections, and feeling aggrieved at such revocation, 
shall have the following right of appeal: 

First. To the Superintendent of Public Instruction whenever the cer- 
tificate has been revoked by the county superintendent. 

Second. To the State Board of Education when the certificate has been 
revoked by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

Third. To the State Board of Education when the certificate has been 
revoked by the faculty of the State University, the State College or the 
normal schools. 

Fourth. An appeal under the provisions of this act to the State Superin- 
tendent shall operate as a stay of proceedings for a period of thirty (30) 
days, and an appeal to the State Board of Education shall operate as a stay 
of proceedings till the next regular or special meeting of said board. 

CHAPTER 13. 

Article I. — Cr\u:\i, Kin 1 m\s. 

338. General Elections — When Held. 

Section 1. The election of school district directors shall, except as other- 
wise provided by law, be held on the first Saturday in March of each year, at 



92 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



the district school house, if there be one, or if there be none, or more than 
one, then at a place to be designated by the board of directors. Special school 
elections shall be called and conducted in the manner provided for calling and 
conducting annual elections. 

339. Notices of Election. 

Sec. 2. The district clerk must give at least ten days' notice of such school 
election, by posting or causing to be posted, written or printed notices thereof 
in at least three public places in the district, one of which must be the place 
of holding the election. Said notice must designate the place of holding the 
election, day of holding the election, hours between whlcn tlie polls are 
to be kept open, names and offices for winch persons are to be elected, and 
terms of office, with a statement of any other questions which the board 
of directors may desire to submit to the electors of said district. Notices 
must be signed by the district clerk "By order of the board of directors." 
Unless otherwise designated in the notice of election, the polls shall be 
open at one o'clock in the afternoon and close at eight o'clock in the after- 
noon, but the board of directors may, in districts of the second or the third 
class, previous to giving notice of election, determine on an hour before eight 
o'clock for closing, but they must not be closed earlier than four o'clock in the 
afternoon. In no case shall the polls be opened before the hour named in the 
notice, nor kept open after the hour fixed for closing the polls, but if there 
is not a sufficient number of electors present at the hour named for opening 
the polls to constitute a board of election, it shall be lawful to open the polls 
as soon thereafter as a sufficient number of electors is present. 

340. Organization of Election Board. 

Sec. 3. At the hour fixed for opening the polls the electors present shall 
select two electors to act as judges of the election and one elector to act as 
clerk of the election, and the three selected shall constitute the election board; 
and no election shall be held unless an election board is so constituted and 
qualified. The judges and clerk aforesaid shall, before entering upon the 
duties of their office, severally take and subscribe an oath or affirmation faith- 
fully to discharge the duties as such officers of election, said oath or affirma- 
tion to be administered by any school officer or any other person authorized 
to administer oaths. The judges shall, before they commence receiving bal- 
lots, cause to be proclaimed aloud at the place of voting that the polls are 
now open. 

341. Must Vote by Ballot. 

Sec. 4. The voting shall be by ballot. The ballots shall be of white paper 
of uniform size and quality, containing the names of the persons for whom 
the electors intend to vote, and designating the office to which such person so 
named is intended by him to be chosen. Whenever any person offers to vote, 
one of the judges shall pronounce his name in an audible voice, and if there 
be no objections to the qualifications of such person as an elector, he shall 
receive the ballot in the presence of the election board and deposit the same 
without being opened or examined in the ballot box, and the clerk shall 
immediately enter the name upon the list headed "Names of voters." 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 93 



342. Qualifications of Voters. 

Sec. 5. Every person, male or female, over the age of twenty-one years, 
who shall have resided in the school district for thirty days immediately pre- 
ceding any school election, and in the state one year, and is otherwise, except 
as to sex, qualified to vote at any general election, shall be a legal voter at 
any school election, and no other person shall be allowed to vote: Provided, 
That registration for purposes of school election shall not be required except 
in school districts of the first class. Persons offering to vote may be chal- 
lenged by any legally qualified school elector of the district, and one of the 
judges of election shall thereupon, before receiving his vote, administer to 
the person challenged an oath in substance as follows: "You do swear, (or 
affirm) that you are a citizen of the United States, that you are twenty-one 
years of age, according to your information and belief, and that you have 
resided in this district thirty days next preceding this election, and in the 
state one year, and that you have not voted before on this day." If he shall 
refuse to take the oath, his vote will be rejected. Any person guilty of illegal 
voting shall be punished as provided in the general election laws of the state. 

343. Closing of Polls — Counting of Ballots. 

Sec 6. When the polls are closed, proclamation thereof shall be made at 
the place of voting, and no vote shall be afterward received. As soon as the 
polls are closed the judges shall open the ballot box and commence counting 
the votes, and in no case shall the ballot box be removed from the room in 
which the election is held until all the votes are counted. The counting shall 
be in public. The ballots shall be taken out one by one, by one of the judges, 
who shall open them and read aloud the name of each person contained 
therein, and the office for which such person was voted for. The clerk shall 
write down each office to be filled and the name of such person voted for such 
office, and shall keep the number of votes by tallies as they are read aloud 
toy one of the judges. The counting of the votes shall continue without ad- 
journment until all the votes are counted. No ticket shall be rejected on 
account of form or mistake in the initials, or spelling of names, if the judges 
can determine to their satisfaction the person voted for and the office Intended. 
After the result of the election is duly canvassed and officially declared, the 
clerk of the election shall forward the poll sheet thereof to the county super- 
intendent, who shall preserve the same on file in his office. 

344. Persons Having Highest Number of Votes Elected. 

Sec 7. Persons having the highest number of votes given for each office 
shall be declared duly elected, and the clerk of election shall Immediately 
make out and deliver to each person so elected a certificate of election. The 
clerk of election shall also make out a certificate showing the persons elected 
to each office at such election, with oaths of office <>f persons 1 lected attached, 
and mail such certificates and oatbs to the superintend* of the 

county in which the election is held. If two persons have an equal and 
highest number of votes for one ami the same office, they shall, within ten 
days after the election, appear before the clerk of election of said dlstricl and 
publicly decide by lot which of the persons so having an equal number of 
votes shall be declared elected, and the clerk of election shall make out and 
deliver to the person thus declared elected a certificate of his election, and 



94 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



notify the county superintendent of the county as before provided. If the 
persons above named do not, within ten days after election, thus decide, the 
office shall be declared vacant by the clerk of election, and the county superin- 
tendent shall, when notified of the vacancy, fill the same by appointment. 

Article II. — Special Meetings 

345. Board May Call Special Meeting of Electors. 

Section 1. Any board of directors may, at its discretion and shall, upon 
a petition of a majority of the legal voters of their district, call a special 
meeting of the voters of the district, to determine the length of time in excess 
of the minimum length of time prescribed by law that such school shall be 
maintained in the district during the year; to determine whether or not the 
district shall purchase any school house site or sites, and to determine the 
location thereof; or to determine whether or not the district shall build one 
or more school houses; or to determine whether or not the district shall 
maintain one or more free kindergartens; or to determine whether or not the 
district shall sell any real or personal property belonging to the district, 
borrow money or establish and maintain a school district library. 

346. The Meeting, How, When and Where Held. 

Sec. 2. All such special meetings shall be held at the school house, if 
there be one, or if there be none, or more than one, then at such school house 
or place as the board of directors may determine. The voting shall be by 
ballot, the ballots to be of white paper of uniform size and quality. At least 
ten days' notice of such special meeting shall be given by the district clerk in 
the manner that notice is required to be given of the annual school election, 
which notice shall state the object or objects for which the meeting is to be 
held, and no other business shall be transacted at such meeting than such as 
is specified in the notice. The district clerk shall be clerk of the meeting, 
and the chairman of the board of directors or, in his absence, the senior di- 
rector present, shall be chairman of the meeting: Provided, That in the 
absence of one or all of said officers, the qualified electors present may elect 
a chairman or clerk, or both chairman and clerk, of said meeting as occasion 
may require, from among their number. The clerk of the meeting shall make 
a record of the proceedings of the meeting, and when the clerk of such meet- 
ing has been elected by the qualified voters present, he shall within ten days 
thereafter, file the record of the proceedings, duly certified, with the clerk of 
the district, and said records shall become a part of the records of the district, 
and be preserved as other records. 

347. Board Must Obey Directions. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of every board of directors to carry out the 
directions of the electors of their districts as expressed at any such meeting. 

Article III. — Elections in Districts of the First Class. 

348. Notices of Election. 

Section 1. The regular district election in each district of the first class 
shall be held upon the first Saturday of December in each year. The board 
of directors shall cause written or printed notices to be posted, specifying the 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



95 



day and place of such election, and the time during which the ballot box will 
be kept open. Said notices shall be posted in at least one place in each ward 
in the district at least twenty days previous to the time of election. Said 
notices shall also be published three times in two daily papers published in 
the district, and if there be no daily or dailies, then in the weekly paper or 
papers in three regular issues next preceding the day of such election. If 
the board of directors fail to give notice at such time, as herein provided, 
then any five legal voters residing in the district may give such notice over 
their own title for such election. 

349. All Elections to Be by Ballot. 

Sec. 2. All elections shall be by official ballot and the polls shall be opened 
at one o'clock p. m. and be closed at eight o'clock p. m. The official ballot 
shall be printed and furnished by the board of directors, and shall contain 
the names of all candidates whose names have been presented by petitions 
filed with the secretary of the board not less than ten days before the day of 
election. The names of no other candidates shall appear upon said official 
ballots, and no other ballots shall be received or counted. 

350. Not More Than Two Voting Places in Each Ward. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the board of directors to provide at least 
one and not more than two voting places in each ward. The board shall also 
appoint two judges and one clerk for each voting precinct. Both judges and 
clerk shall be qualified electors in the precinct for which they were appointed. 
Should any judge or clerk be absent at the time for opening the polls, the 
electors present shall appoint a legal voter to fill such vacancy. 

351. Qualification of Voters. 

Sec. 4. Only those persons, male and female, who have complied with the 
laws governing registration in districts of the first class, shall be permitted 
to vote, and no person shall be entitled to vote at said election except in the 
ward in which he or she resides: Provided, That any elector of said district 
who has duly registered as a voter at any general election in said district 
shall be allowed to vote at the next succeeding school election held the same 
year without registration. 

352. City Clerk Must Furnish Registration Books. 

Sec. 5. The city clerk or other municipal officer in whose custody the 
registration books of the general election are kept shall furnish to the sec- 
retary of the board, on the morning of the day of any school election, the 
registration books of said city or a copy thereof, which said registration books 
shall be returned within two days after said election. 

353. Board of Directors Shall Canvass Returns. 

Sec. 6. The board of directors shall, upon closing the polls, receive the 
returns at the time and the place it shall direct, and shall, within five I 
days from said election, meet as a canvassing board, and in the presence of 
any duly qualified justice of the peace in and for said county, canvass the 
returns and ascertain the result. The result of said election shall be certified 
by the board of directors to the county school superintendent, who shall pre- 
serve said certificate, entering upon his records the receipt of said certificate 



qq CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



and the names of the person or persons elected as members of such board of 
directors for said district, together with the term for which elected. 

Article IV. — Registration of Voters in School Districts of the First Class. 

354. All Persons Must Register. 

Section 1. No person shall vote at any school election, either general or 
special, to be held in any school district of the first class, unless he or she 
shall have previously complied with the requirements as to registration, as 
in this act provided. 

355. Secretary Must Register Voters. 

Sec 2. The secretary of the board of directors in each district subject to 
the provisions of this act shall keep the books of registration herein provided 
for, and shall register therein the names of all duly qualified voters in his 
district, on application, in the manner and at the times here specified. 

356. School Board Must Furnish Books and Blanks. 

Sec 3. The board of directors of each district subject to the provisions 
of this act shall furnish the secretary of such board, at the expense of the 
district, all blanks and books of registration and shall furnish, at the expense 
of their respective districts, all funds necessary for carrying out the pro- 
visions of this act.' 

357. When and Where Books Shall Be Opened. 

Sec 4. The books of registration shall be opened for the purpose of regis- 
tration, at the office of the secretary of the board of the district, on each day 
between the hours of 9 o'clock a. m. and 4 o'clock p. m., except on legal holi- 
days, and they shall be closed and no names shall be registered therein during 
the five days -preceding any special or general election held in such district. 
The secretary of the board shall give notice of the closing of the books of 
registration in his district by notice published in a newspaper of general 
circulation, published in his district, at least ten days before the day for 
closing said books. 

358. Books May Be Opened at Convenient Places. 

Sec 5. For a period of thirty days preceding the closing of registration 
books for any election, the books may be opened at a convenient place in the 
district for the registration of voters, which places must be designated by the 
board of directors, and during a period of ten days immediately preceding 
the closing of such books they shall be kept open until seven o'clock each 
evening, and they may be kept open until a later hour by order of the board 
of directors. 

359. Registration Required Once Each Year. 

Sec 6. Registration shall not be required more than once in each year. 
All persons, male or female, who are qualified electors under the provisions 
of this act, shall be entitled to registration on application to the secretary of 
the board of directors of the district in which they reside: Provided, Such 
elector shall have been a resident of the state for one year, of the county 
ninety days, and of the voting precinct thirty days prior to the next general 
or special school election to be held in such district. No person shall vote at 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 97 

any such election except in the precinct where he or she has resided for the 
length of time above specified. 

360. Separate Book for Each Precinct. 

Sec. 7. There shall be provided by the board of directors in each district, 
and kept by the secretary of such board, a separate book of registration for 
each school election precinct in the district. Each ward in any city within 
which the whole or any portion of a school district may be situate shall be 
a voting precinct for all general or special school elections. The book of 
registration shall bear the name or number of the precinct to which it be- 
longs. In case the whole or any portion of any such district shall lie without 
the 'limits of any incorporated city, the board of directors of such district 
shall subdivide such outlying territory into voting precincts, so that each pre- 
cinct shall contain as near as may be five hundred inhabitants, and after the 
boundaries of such precincts shall have been established, said territory shall 
not be redistricted oftener than once in three years, and not then unless one 
or more of the precincts thereof shall have attained a population of more than 
five hundred inhabitants. In case the authorities of any city, within which 
the whole or any portion of any district may lie, shall cause the boundaries 
of the wards of such city to be changed after the opening of the books of 
registration for the school district, the voting precincts of such district shall 
conform to the lines of the wards as established when said books were opened 
until the next set of books shall be opened, at which time said new books and 
the voting precincts of such district shall conform to the boundaries of the 
wards as then established. 
361. What the Book Shall Contain. 

Sic. 8. The books of registration aforesaid shall be so arranged as to ad- 
mit the alphabetical classification of the names of the voters, and ruled in 
parallel columns with appropriate heads, as follows: Date of registration, 
name age, occupation, place of residence, place of birth, time of residence 
in the state, county and precinct, and if of foreign birth, name and place oi 
court and date of declaration of intention to become a citizen of the United 
States or date of naturalization, and with one column for signature and one 
for remarks, and one column for checking the name of voter at the tunc ol 
voting Under head of place of residence shall be noted the number ot lot 
and block, or number and street where applicant resides, or some other definite 
description sufficient to locate the residence, and the voter so registering as 
provided in this section shall sign his or her name on the registry opposite 
the entries above required, in the column headed "Signature." and in case any 
voter shall not be capable of writing his or her name he or she shall, on the 
left hand margin of said column, make his or her mark by a cross or such 
other mark as is usual in indicating his or her signature, and some person 
who is personally known to said voter, and is personally known to the regis- 
tering officer, and who is capable of writing his or her nan,, shall sign in 
said column immediately opposite said mark as an Identifying witness thereto. 

362. Must Appear in Person to Register. 

Sec 9 No person shall be registered unless he or she appears in person 
before 'the secretary or the board of directors in the district in which such 
— 7 



gg CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

elector resides, during the hours the books are opened for registration, and 
answers truly the questions that may be put to him or her touching his or 
her qualifications to vote in such district, and shall also make and subscribe 
the following oath: 
State of Washington, County of , ss. 

I, , do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I am 

a legally qualified school elector, under the laws of the State of Washington, 
and that I have been an actual permanent resident of said state for eleven 
months and twenty days last past, and of the county for eighty days last past, 

and the precinct twenty days last past, and that I have not 

lost my civil rights by reason of being convicted of any infamous crime. 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 

Said affidavit shall be filed and preserved by the secretary of the board 
for at least two years. 

363. Secretary to Administer Oaths. 

Sec. 10. The secretaries of the boards of directors are hereby empowered 
to administer all necessary oaths in examining applicants for registration, or 
any witness that may be offered in behalf of any applicant. The said sec- 
retary shall examine carefully any applicant whose right to register he may 
doubt, or who may be challenged, and if the applicant shall be entitled to 
vote at the next election he or she shall be registered, otherwise not. 

364. May Transfer Registration. 

Sec. 11. If any elector shall, during the year for which he or she may be 
registered, change his or her place of residence from the precinct in which he 
or she is registered, he or she shall apply to the secretary of the board to have 
said removal noted. The secretary shall run a red ink line across the name 
in the precinct book in which said applicant shall be registered, and likewise 
note said removal in the column headed "Remarks" in said book, and there- 
upon the said secretary shall enter the name and register the elector in the 
registration book of the ward to which he or she has removed. 

365. Voters May Be Challenged. 

Sec. 12. Registration under the provisions of this act shall be prima facie 
evidence of the right of the elector to vote at any general or special school 
election held within the district during the year for which said elector is 
registered. If any person duly registered is challenged, it shall Oe the duty of 
the judges of election to examine the challenger and any witnesses that may 
be produced on oath, touching the right of such elector to vote; the judges 
shall then, unless they dismiss said challenge, examine the proposed elector 
on oath, and if it appears that said elector is entitled to vote at said election, 
his or her vote shall be received, otherwise rejected. Any person swearing 
falsely before any judge of election, on the hearing of any such challenge, 
shall be deemed guilty of perjury, and shall be subjected to the pains and 
penalties of perjury. 

366. Secretary to Deliver Books to Election Clerks. 

Sec. 13. On the morning of any general or special school election the sec- 
retary of the board shall deliver to the clerk of each voting precinct within 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



99 



his district the original book of registration of the precinct for which such 
clerk was appointed. Each clerk of election shall return the book of regis- 
tration entrusted to him to the secretary of the board at the time of the de- 
livery of the ballots cast in the precinct at such election, and it shall be 
unlawful for any clerk or any judge of election to cause or allow any marks 
or alterations to be made in said book while the same is in their possession, 
other than a proper check mark when a ballot is cast, to indicate the party 
voting. 

CHAPTER 14.— PENALTIES. 

367. For Disclosing Questions. 

Section 1. Any member of the State Board of Education, any employe of 
the State of Washington, any county superintendent or any employe of his 
office, who shall directly or indirectly disclose any question or questions pre- 
pared for the examination of teachers or of eighth grade pupils, or any 
teacher or other person connected with the instruction of or the examination 
of eighth grade pupils, who shall, before the time appointed for the use of 
the questions in the examination of such pupils, disclose the questions, .or 
make known their character, or who shall directly or indirectly assist any 
such eighth grade pupil to answer any question submitted, shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in any 
sum not less than one hundred nor more than five hundred dollars. Said 
fine shall be turned over to the county treasurer of the county in which it is 
collected, and shall be by him transmitted to the State Treasurer, who shall 
place the same to the credit of the current school fund of the state. 

368. For Failure of County Superintendent to Report to Superintendent of 

Public Instruction. 

Sec. 2. If any county superintendent fails to make a full and correct 
report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction of all statements required 
by him, or if he shall fail to file with the Superintendent of Public Instruction 
a full and correct annual report within ten days after the time prescribed 
by law for filing said report, he shall forfeit the sum of fifty dollars from his 
salary, and the board of county commissioners are hereby authorized and 
required to deduct therefrom the sum aforesaid upon information from the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction that such reports have not been made. 

369. For Failure to Pay Over Fines. 

Sec. 3. Any officer or person collecting or receiving any fines, forfeitures 
or other moneys belonging to the schools of the State of Washington, or be- 
longing to the school fund of any county or school district in this state, and 
refusing or failing to pay over the same, as required by law. shall forfeit 
double the amount so withheld, and Interest thereon at the rate of five per 
cent, per month during the time of so withholding the snino: and it shall be 
a special duty of the county superintendent of schools to supervise and see 
that the provisions of this sect inn are fully complied with, and report thereon 
to the county commissioners semi-annually or oftener. Such lines and pen- 
alties, when collected, shall be turned over to tin- county treasurer and by 
him transmitted to the State Treasurer, who shall place the same to the 
credit of the current school fund of the state. 



100 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

370. For Failure to Provide for Teaching Hygiene. 

Sec. 4. Upon complaint in writing being made to any county superin- 
tendent by any district clerk, or by any head of a famil5 r , that the board of 
directors of the district of which said clerk shall hold his office, or said head 
of family shall reside, have failed to make provisions for the teaching of 
hygiene or have failed to require it to be taught, with special reference to the 
effects of alcoholic drink, stimulants and narcotics upon the human system, as 
provided by law, in the common schools of such districts, it shall be the duty 
of such county superintendent to investigate at once the matter of such com- 
plaints, and if found to be true, he shall immediately notify the county treas- 
urer of the county in which such school district is located, and after the re- 
ceipt of such notice, it shall be the duty of such county treasurer to refuse 
to pay any warrants drawn upon him by the board of directors of such dis- 
trict subsequent to the date of such notice and until he shall be notified to 
do so by such county superintendent. "Whenever it shall be made to appear 
to the said county superintendent, and he shall be satisfied that the board of 
directors of such district are. complying with the provisions of law in this 
matter, and are causing physiology and hygiene to be taught in the public 
schools of such district as hereinbefore provided, he shall notify said county 
treasurer, and said treasurer shall thereupon honor the warrants of said board 
of directors. 

371. For Failure of County Superintendent to Enforce Teaching of Hygiene. 
Sec. 5. Any county superintendent of common schools who shall fail or 

refuse to comply with the provisions of the preceding section shall be liable to 
a penalty of one hundred dollars, to be recovered in civil action in the name 
of the state in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the sum recovered 
shall go into the state current school fund; and it shall be the duty of the 
prosecuting attorneys of the several counties of the state to see that the pro- 
visions of this section are enforced. 

372. For Clerk's Failure to Make Report. 

Sec 6. In case the district clerk fails to make the reports as by law pro- 
vided, at the proper time and in the proper manner, he shall forfeit and pay 
to the district the sum of twenty-five dollars for each and every such failure. 
He shall also be liable, if, through such neglect, the district fails to receive 
its just apportionment of school moneys, for the full amount so lost. Each 
and all of said forfeitures shall be recovered in a suit brought by the county 
superintendent or by any citizen of such district, in the name of and for the 
benefit of such district, and all moneys so collected shall be paid over to the 
county treasurer and shall be by him placed to the credit of the general fund 
of the district to which it belongs. 

373. For Failure to Deliver Books to Successor. 

Sec. 7. Any school officer who shall refuse or fail to deliver to his qualified 
successor all books, papers, records and moneys pertaining to his office, or 
who shall wilfully multilate or destroy any such property, or any part thereof, 
or shall misapply moneys entrusted to him by virtue of his office, shall be 
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall, upon conviction thereof, be 
punished by a fine not to exceed one hundred dollars; said fine, when col- 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 101 



lected, to be turned over to the county treasurer and by him transmitted to 
the State Treasurer, who shall place the same to the credit of the current 
school fund of the state; and any director who shall aid in, or give his con- 
sent to the employment of a teacher who is not the holder of a valid certificate 
authorizing him or her to teach in the public schools of this state, shall be 
personally liable to his district for any loss which it may sustain by reason 
of the employment of such person not lawfully qualified to teach." 

374. For Failure to Enforce Course of Study. 

Sec. 8. Any teacher who wilfully refuses or neglects to enforce the course 
of study or the rules and regulations required by the State Board of Educa- 
tion, or by any other lawful authority, shall not be allowed by the directors 
any warrant for salary due until said teacher shall have complied with said 
requirements. 

375. For Maltreatment of a Pupil. 

Sec. 9. Any teacher who shall maltreat or abuse any pupil by administer- 
ing any unjust punishment, or who shall inflict punishment on the head or 
face of a pupil, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction 
thereof before anv court of competent jurisdiction shall be fined in any sum 
not exceeding one hundred dollars. Said fine, when collected, shall be turned 
over to the county treasurer and by him transmitted to the State Treasurer, 
who shall place the same to the credit of the current school fund of the state. 

376. For Failure to Attend an Institute. 

Sec 10 In addition to other causes for the revocation of teachers' cer- 
tificates as provided by law. any teacher failing to attend the annual institute 
held in the county in which he is employed, or the annual joint institute held 
bv the county in which he is employed and another county or other counties, 
unless for good and sufficient reasons satisfactory to the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction, may upon complaint of the superintendent of the county 
in which he is employed to teach have any certificate he may hold forfeited 
bv order of the Superintendent of Public Instruction: Provided, That such 
forfeiture shall be duly published after the said teacher shall have been given 
opportunity to present his reasons for such non-attendance, and after final 
action thereon. 

377. For Abusing a Teacher. 

Sec 11 Any parent, guardian or other person who shall insult or abuse a 
teacher in the presence of his school, or anywhere on the school grounds or 
premises, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and be liable to a fine of 
not less than ten dollars nor more than one hundred dollars, and said fine 
shall be turned over to the county treasurer, and by him remitted to the 
State Treasurer, who shall place the same to the credit of (ho current school 
fund of the state. 

378 For Disturbing a School Meeting. 

Sec. 12. Anv person who shall wilfully disturb anv school or school ^meet- 
ing shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereoi 
shall be fined in any sum Dot more than fifty dollars. Said flue when col- 
lected shall be turned over to the county treasurer and by him transmil 



1QQ CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

to the State Treasurer, who shall place the same to the credit of the current 
school fund of the state. 

379. For False Report of the Presence of Pupils. 

Sec. 13. Any teacher, principal or superintendent who shall knowingly 
report, cause to be reported, or permit to be reported, the presence of any 
pupil or pupils at school, when such pupil or pupils were absent, or when 
school is not in session, shall forfeit his certificate or subject it to revocation 
and the same shall not be restored or a new one granted within one year 
after such forfeiture or revocation: Provided, That pupils who are excused 
from attendance at examinations for promotion, having completed their work 
in accordance with the rules of the board of directors, shall be accredited with 
attendance during said days of examination. 

380. For Injuring School Property. 

Sec. 14. Any pupil who shall cut, deface or otherwise injure any school 
house, furniture, fence or outbuilding thereof, or any book or books belong- 
ing to the district library, shall be liable to suspension and punishment, and 
the parent or guardian of such pupil shall be liable for damages, on complaint 
of the teacher or of any director or other person residing in the district; 
and when such damages shall have been collected they shall be turned over 
to the county treasurer and by him placed to the credit of the school district 
sustaining such damages. 

381. For Failure to Use Adopted Text Books. 

Sec. 15. Any district using text books other than those prescribed by 
lawful authority, or any district failing to comply with the course of study 
prescribed by the State Board of Education or by other lawful authority, or 
any district in which wan-ants are issued to a teacher not legally qualified 
to teach in the common school of the said district, shall forfeit twenty-five 
per cent, of their school fund for that or the subsequent year, and it is hereby 
made the duty of the county superintendent to deduct said amount from the 
apportionment to be made to any district failing in either or all of the above 
requirements, and the amounts thus deducted shall revert to the general 
school funds of the state, and the county treasurer shall return the same to 
the State Treasurer for reapportionment. 

382. For Failure of New District to Have One Month of School. 

Sec. 16. Any new district formed by the division of an old one and which 
new district shall have maintained at least one month's school during the 
preceding school year, as shown by the last annual report of the county 
superintendent, on file in the office of the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion, shall be entitled to its just share of school moneys when the time that 
school was maintained in the old district before division, and in the new one 
after division, shall be equal to at least the minimum time required by law 
in the old district: Provided, That if any school district has heretofore failed 
to receive apportionment of state school funds because of a failure to hold 
school the time required by law, and there are unpaid warrants drawn on the 
general funds of said district for maintenance of school prior to said failure, 
a special tax shall be levied by the board of county commissioners on the 



STATE OF WASHINGTON". |();} 



property of the district, the proceeds of which tax shall be applied to the 
payment of the indebtedness. 

383. For False Swearing. 

Sec. 17. If any person shall falsely swear or affirm in taking the oath or 
making the affirmation herein prescribed when being registered for voting 
in a school district of the first class, or shall falsely personate anothei and 
procure the person so personated to be registered, or if any person shall 
represent his name to the secretary or officer of registration to be different 
from what it actually is, and cause such name to be registered, or if any 
person shall cause any name to be placed upon the register list otherwise 
than in the manner provided in this act, he or she shall be guilty of a felony, 
and upon conviction be punished by confinement in the penitentiary not. 
more than five nor less than one year. 

CHAPTER 15.— APPEALS. 

384. May Appeal Within Thirty Days. 

Section 1. Any person, or persons, either severally or collectively, ag- 
grieved by any decision or order of any school officer or school board may, 
within thirty days after the rendition of such decision or order, or of the 
failure to act upon the same when properly presented, appeal the same to the 
proper officer or board as hereinafter provided. 

385. Appeals— To Whom Taken. 

Sec 2 Appeals from the decision or order, or from the failure to decide 
or order, by a board of school directors shall be taken to the counts - iperin- 
tendent 'of schools in and for the county. Appeals from the decision or order, 
or the failure to decide or order, of a county superintendent of school- shall, 
when relating to the territory or boundaries, or to the adjustment of issets 

or liability of school districts, be taken to the board of county commissioners 
wherein the territory lies, but when relating to the operation or man. gemenl 
of schools, or the property of the school district or to the c latl "h 

teachers such appeal shall be taken to the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion: Provided. That in matters involving the construction of conn. i the 
appeal shall be taken to the court of the proper resort. 

386. The Basis of Appeal. 

SEC 3 The basis of appeal shall be an affidavit or affidavits of the part] 
aggrieved, filed within the time for the taking of such appeal, setting forth 
in a clear and concise manner the errors complained of. 

387. Interested Parties to Be Notified. 

Sec 4 Having received the basis of appeal, as set forth In th« eding 

section, the officer to whom the appeal is take,, shall within the 
board of county commissioners shall at their next regular session, nol 

writing the partv from whose action the appeal is taken of the taking ittCh 

appeal and of its nature and scope. Within twenty days after BUCl totlce 
the said partv shall file a complete transcript, properlj certified 

rect of the record and papers and p,-„e,e,lin^ relating ... .. lecisi* 



K)4 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

plained of. Upon the filing of such transcript notice shall be duly given to 
all parties interested of the time and place where the matter of the appeal 
shall be head and determined. 

388. Hearing of the Appeal. 

Sec. 5. At the hearing of an appeal, properly presented in accordance 
with this chapter, the county superintendent or the board of county com- 
missioners, as the case may be, shall hear testimony of all parties interested, 
and for the purpose may administer oaths if necessary, may summon wit- 
nesses or demand records or certified copies of the same: Provided, That in 
the case of a hearing before the board of county commissioners the board 
may hear the case de novo, and in the case of a hearing on appeal by the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction no new evidence may be admitted. 

389. Decisions to Be Final. 

Sec. 6. In decisions of appeal by the Superintendent of Public Instruction 
and by the board of county commissioners the decision or order shall be final 
unless set aside by a court of competent jurisdiction in an action brought 
therein to review such order or decision. 

390. Record of Appeals. 

Sec. 7. Decisions of appeal shall be made a matter of record in full, and 
certified copies of the same shall be made if asked for by the parties inter- 
ested within ten days of such decision. Notice of such decision of appeal 
shall be made in writing to parties interested within five days of their 
rendition. 

391. Certain Decisions to Be Reported to County Assessor. 

Sec 8. In cases of appeal resulting in the change of any school district 
boundaries the decision shall within five days thereafter be also certified by 
the proper officer to the county assessor of the county, or to the county 
assessors of the counties, wherein the territory may lie. 

CHAPTER 16.— COMPULSORY SCHOOL LAW. 

392. Age — Attendance — Excuses. 

Section 1. All parents, guardians and other persons in this state having 
or who may hereafter have immediate custody of any child between eight 
and fifteen years of age (being between the eighth and fifteenth birthdays), 
or of any child between fifteen and sixteen years of age (being between the 
fifteenth and sixteenth birthdays) not \ Jgularly and lawfully engaged in some 
useful and remunerative occupation, shall cause such child to attend the 
public school of the district, in which the child resides, for the full time when ' 
such school may be in session or to attend a private school for the same time, 
unless the superintendent of the schools of the district in which the child 
resides, if there be such a superintendent, and in all other cases the county 
superintendents of common schools, shall have excused such child from such 
attendance because the child is physically or mentally unable to attend school 
or has already attained a reasonable proficiency in the branches required by 
law to be taught in the first eight grades of the public schools of this state- 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 



10.5 



as provided by the course of study of such school, or for some other sufficient 
reason. Proof of absence from public schools or approved private school 
shall be prima facie evidence of a violation of this section. 

393. Employment of Children Under Fifteen Years of Age Forbidden. 

Sec. 2. No child under the age of fifteen years shall be employed for any 
purpose by any corporation, person or association of persons in this state 
during the hours which the public schools of the district in which such child 
resides are in session, unless the said child shall present a certificate from 
a school superintendent as provided for in section one of this act, excusing 
the said child from attendance in the public schools and setting forth the 
reason for such excuse, the residence and age of the child, and the time for 
which such excuse is given. Every owner, superintendent, or overseer of 
any establishment, corporation, company or person employing any such child 
shall keep such certificate on file so long as such child is employed by him, 
her or it. The form of said certificate shall be furnished by the Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction. Proof that any child under fifteen years of 
age is employed during any part of the period in which public schools of the 
district are in session shall be deemed prima facie evidence of a violation 
of this section. 

394. Penalty. 

Sec. 3. Any person violating any of the provisions of either of the two 
preceding sections shall be fined not more than twenty-five dollars. Attend- 
ance officers shall make complaint for violation of the provisions of this act 
to a justice of the peace or to a judge of the superior court. 

395. Attendance Officers — Their Duties. 

Sec. 4. To aid in the enforcement of this act, attendance officers shall be 
appointed and employed as follows: In incorporated city districts the board 
of directors shall annually appoint one or more attendance officers. Any 
attendance officer may be a sheriff, constable, a city marshal, or a regularly 
appointed policeman. In all other districts the county superintendent shall 
act as attendance officer, and he shall also have authority to appoint one or 
more assistant attendance officers to aid him in the performance of his duties 
as attendance officer. The compensation of attendance officer in such city 
districts shall be fixed and paid by the board appointing him. The attend- 
ance officer shall be vested with police powers, the authority to make arrests 
.and serve all legal processes contemplated by this act. and shall have au- 
thority to enter all stores, mills, shops, or other places in which children may 
be employed, for the purpose of making such investigations as may be neces- 
sary for the enforcement of this act. The attendance officer is authorized 
to take into custody the person of any child between eighi and fifteen years 
of age, who may be a truant from school, and to conduct such child to his 
parents, for investigation and explanation, or to the school which he should 
properly attend. The attendance officer shall institute proceedings against 
any officer, parent, guardian, person, company or corporation violating a 
provisions of this act. and shall otherwise discharge the duties prescribed iu 
this act, and shall perform such other services as tic sup< rintendenl of 
schools or the hoard of directors may deem necessary. Tie' attendance offl 



106 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



shall keep a record of his transactions, for the inspection and information 
of the board of directors and the city and county superintendent, and shall 
make a detailed report to the superintendent of the city or of the county, as 
often as the same may be required. 

396. May Arrest Without Warrant. 

Sec. 5. Any attendance officer, sheriff, deputy sheriff, marshal, policeman, 
or any other officer authorized to make arrests in the city or district, shall 
arrest without a warrant a child who, under the provisions of this act, is 
required to attend school, such child then being a truant from instruction at 
the school which he or she is lawfully required to attend, shall forthwith 
deliver a child so arrested either to the custody of a person in parental rela- 
tion to the child or to the teacher from whom the child is then a truant, or, 
in case of habitual or incorrigible truants, shall bring him or her before a 
justice of the peace. The justice of the peace shall, if he be convinced that 
the child so arrested is an habitual truant or that the child is guilty of 
wilful and continued disobedience to the school rules and regulations or 
laws, or that the conduct of the child is pernicious and Injurious to the 
school, bind the child over to the superior court with a view of his com- 
mitment to the state reform school or other school for incorrigibles. 

397. Census Report. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of the district clerk or secretary, at the be- 
ginning of each school year, to provide the teacher with a copy of the last 
census of school children taken in his school district: Provided, That if there 
be a principal or city superintendent in such district, the clerk or secretary 
shall make such census report to him, and it shall be the duty of every teacher 
to report to the proper truant officer all cases of truancy, or incorrigibility 
in his or her school, immediately after the offense or offenses shall have been 
committed: Provided further, That if there be a principal, the report shall 
be made to him and by him transmitted to the truant officer: And provided 
further, That if there be a city superintendent, the principal shall transmit 
such report to said city superintendent, who shall transmit such report to 
the proper truant officer of his district. 

398. Concurrent Jurisdiction. 

Sec. 7. In cases arising under this act all justices' courts, municipal 
courts and superior courts in the State of Washington shall have concurrent 
jurisdiction. 

399. The County Attorney Shall Prosecute. 

Sec. 8. The county attorney shall act as attorney for the complainant 
in all court proceedings relating to the compulsory attendance of children 
as required by this act. 

400. Notice by County Superintendent. 

Sec 9. The county superintendent shall on or before the 15th day of 
August of each year, by printed circular or otherwise, call the attention of 
all school district officers to the provisions of this act, and to the penalties 
prescribed for the violation of its provisions, and he or she shall require 
the clerk of every school district to make a report annually hereafter, to 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 107 



him or her, verified by affidavit, stating whether or not the provisions of 
this act have been faithfully complied with in his district. Such reports 
shall be made upon blanks to be furnished by the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction and shall be transmitted to the county superintendent at the time 
the district clerk is required to make his annual report to the county super- 
intendent. Any district clerk who shall knowingly or wilfully make a false 
report relating to the enforcement of the provisions of this act or fail to 
report as herein provided shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction in a court of competent jurisdiction shall be fined not less than 
twenty-five dollars nor more than one-hundred dollars; and any district clerk 
who shall refuse or neglect to make the report required in this section shall 
be personally liable to his district for any loss which it may sustain because 
of such neglect or refusal to report. 

401. Penalty. 

Sec. 10. Any superintendent, teacher or attendance officer, who shall fail 
or refuse to perform the duties prescribed by this act shall be deemed guilty 
of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, be fined not less than twenty 
nor more than one hundred dollars: Provided, That in case of a district 
officer, such fine shall be paid to the county treasurer and by him placed to 
the credit of the school district in which said officer resides, and in case of 
other officers such fine shall be paid to the county treasurer and by him placed 
to the credit of the general school fund of the county. 

402. Fines Applied to Support of Schools. 

Sec. 11. All fines except as otherwise provided in this act shall inure and 
be applied to the support of the public schools in the district where such 
offense was committed. 

403. Officers Not Liable for Costs. 

Sec. 12. No officer performing any duty under any of the provisions of 
this act, or under the provisions of any rules that may be passed in pursuance 
hereof, shall in any wise become liable for any costs thai may accrue in the 
performance of any duty prescribed by this act. 

CHAPTER 17.— GRAMMAR SCHOOL EXAMINATIONS. 

404. Duties of Superintendent of Public Instruction. 

Section 1. It shall be the fluty of the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion at such times as he may deem it advisable, but not oftener than 11. 
times each year, to forward questions prepared by the State Board of Edu- 
cation for use in the examination of pupils having completed the grammar 
school course of study, to fix the date for such examination, and to grant •• 
tificates of promotion to pupils successful^ passing such examination accord 
ing to the standard prescribed by the state Board of Education: Provided, 
That such certificate shall entitle the holder thereof to entrance Into any high 
school of the state without further examination: Provided further. That 
nothing in this act shall be construed as compelling hoards of directors to 
admit non-resident pupils without tuition char-'' 



108 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



405. County Superintendent May Appoint Assistant Examiners. 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the county board of education to examine 
and grade the manuscripts of the pupils who take the examinations men- 
tioned in section one (1) of this chapter. The county superintendent may 
appoint assistant examiners, who shall conduct such examinations of pupils 
according to the rules and regulations of the State Board of Education, and 
within three days transmit the manuscripts to the county superintendent. 
Assistant examiners shall receive three dollars per day, to be paid in the 
same manner as the regular board. 

406. County Board of Education to Grade Manuscripts. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the county board of education to meet at 
the county seat at the call of the county superintendent for the purpose of 
examining and grading the manuscripts of pupils taking such examinations 
under the direction of any assistant examiner or of the county superintendent. 
No questions shall be used in such examination except those prepared by the 
State Board of Education as provided in section one (1) of this chapter: 
Provided, That the State Board of Education may prescribe a special course 
of reading to be done by pupils in the last year of the grammar school course, 
as a requisite to their receiving certificates of graduation. 

407. County Superintendent to Report. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the county superintendent to report to the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction, within ten days after any meeting of 
the county board of education, the names of all pupils successfully passing 
any examination, as herein provided, together with their respective stand- 
ings or grades in the several prescribed subjects and such other facts relating 
to said pupils, or said examination as the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 
tion may require. 

CHAPTER 18.— HIGH SCHOOL EXTENSION EXAMINATIONS. 

408. State Board to Outline Course. 

Section 1. The State Board of Education shall outline a course of read- 
ing and study similar to a course of study required in a full four-year high 
school course, and shall provide for the examination and certification of those 
taking or completing such course. Examinations for this purpose shall be 
held at the same time and place of holding examinations for teachers' cer- 
tificates, and in such form to fully test the students' knowledge of the sub- 
ject or subjects examined in. Any one or more subjects may be taken at any 
such examination and a student failing in any subject may again be ex- 
amined in such subject at any subsequent examination: Provided, Each 
year's work of a lower grade must be completed before a student shall be 
permitted to complete the work of a higher year. Such examination shall be 
intended only for those not taking a full course in the same subject in a 
regular high school, and no person shall be admitted to any such examination 
unless he shall have given to the county superintendent notice of his inten- 
tion to take such examination and the subjects in which he desires to be 
examined at least thirty days before the examination, and obtain permission 
from such superintendent to take such examination. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 10 y 





409. Questions and Examination. 

Sec. 2. The questions for such examination shall be prepared by the 
State Board of Education, and shall be furnished to the State Superintendent 
of Public Instruction, who shall cause the same to be printed and distributed 
to the several county superintednents upon request therefor the same as the 
questions for teachers' examinations are printed and distributed. The manu- 
scripts containing the answers of applicants shall be returned to the Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction, to be marked and graded by him, and who 
shall issue certificates to those who have the required percentage in the vari- 
ous branches which shall be fixed by the State Board of Education. 

410. Certificates to Be Issued. 

Sec. 3. Upon the completion of the full course as outlined by the State 
Board of Education, a state high school certificate shall be issued to the ap- 
plicant by the said board and such certificate shall entitle the holder thereof 
to enter the freshman class of the State University or to enter any other 
class in the other state educational institutions as may be specified by the 
State Board of Education. 

CHAPTER 19— KINDERGARTENS. 

411. How Established. 

Section 1. The board of directors of any school district shall have power 
to establish and maintain free kindergartens in connection with the common 
schools of said district for the instruction of cnildren between the ages of 
four and six years, residing in said district, and shall establish such courses 
of training, study and discipline and such rules and regulations governing 
such kindergartens as said board may deem best: Provided, That such 
kindergartens have been authorized by a three-fifths vote of the electors- 
voting at a special election called for that purpose, at which election the 
question of the number of such kindergartens to be established shall be sub- 
mitted by the directors and determined by the electors. The vote shall be 

by ballot in the following form: "Shall School District No. , 

county, establish kindergartens?" "Yes" or "No." 

412. Shall Be Part of Public School System. 

Sec. 2. Kindergartens established under this act shall be a part of the 
public school system and under the control and supervision of the regular 
officers who have charge of the public schools of the state: Provided, That 
nothing in this act shall be construed to change the law relating to the taking 
of the census of the school population or the apportionment of state and 
county funds. 

413. To Be Paid from Special Fund. 

Sec. 3. The cost of establishing and maintaining such kindergartens shall 
be paid from a special school fund voted by the electors of the district for 
the purpose. 

414. Teachers to Hold Diplomas or Certificates. 

Sec. 4. Kindergarten teachers and supervisors shall have diplomas or cer- 
tificates from some accredited kimli Tmirtrn training school, from the kin- 



110 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



dergarten department of a state normal school of this state or of a normal 
school whose kindergarten department is accredited by the State Board of 
Education. 

CHAPTER 20.— TAKING OF PRIVATE PROPERTY FOR SCHOOL HOUSE 

SITES. 

415. School Districts May Take and Acquire Title. 

Section 1. Whenever any school district shall select any real estate as a 
site for a school house, or as additional grounds to an existing school house 
site, within the district, and the board of school directors of such district 
and the owner or owners of the site or any part thereof, or addition thereto 
selected, shall be unable to agree upon the compensation to be paid by such 
school district to the owner or owners thereof, such school district shall have 
the right to take and acquire title to such real estate for use as a school 
house site or additional site, upon first paying to the owner or owners thereof 
therefor the value thereof, to be ascertained in the manner hereinafter 
provided. 

416. Petition to Superior Court. 

Sec 2 The board of directors of the school district shall present to the 
•superior court of the State of Washington in and for the county wherein is 
situated the real estate desired to be acquired for school house site purposes, 
a petition reciting that the board of directors of such school district have 
selected certain real estate, describing it, as a school house site, or as addi- 
tional grounds to an existing site, for such school district; that the site so 
selected or some part thereof, describing it, belongs to a person or persons, 
naming 'him or them; that such school district has offered to give the owner 

or owners thereof therefor dollars, and that the owner of such 

real estate has refused to accept the same therefor; that the board of schoo 
directors of such school district and the said owner or owners of such real 
estate are unable to agree upon the compensation to be paid by such school 
district to the owner or owners of such real estate therefor, and praying 
that a jury be impaneled to ascertain and determine the compensation to be 
made in money by such school district to such owner or owners for the taking 
of such real estate for the use as a school house site for such school district; 
or in case a jury be waived in the manner provided by law in other civil 
actions in courts of record, then that the compensation to be made as afore- 
said be ascertained and determined by the court, or judge thereof. 

417. Notice of Petition. 

Sec 3 A notice, stating the time and place, when and where such petition 
shall be presented to the court, or the judge thereof, together with a copy 
of such petition, shall be served on each and every person named therein as 
owner, or otherwise interested therein, at least ten days previous to the time 
designated in such notice for the presentation of such petition. Such notice 
shall be signed by the prosecuting attorney of the county wherein the .real 
estate sought to be taken is situated, and may be served m the same manner 
as summons in a civil action in such superior court is authorized by law to 
be served. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 11] 



418. Adjournment of Proceedings. 

Sec. 4. The court may, upon application of the petitioner or of any owner 
of said real estate, or any person interested therein, for reasonable cause, 
adjourn the proceedings from time to time, and may order new or further 
notice to be given to any party whose interests may be affected by such 
proceedings. 

419. Findings of Court. 

Sec. 5. At the time and place appointed for the hearing of such petition, 
or to which the same may have been adjourned, if the court shall find that all 
parties interested in such real estate sought to be taken have been duly 
served with notice and a copy of the petition as above prescribed, and shall 
further find that such real estate sought to be taken is required and accessary 
for the purposes of a school house site, or as an addition to a school house 
site, for such school district, the court shall make an order reciting such 
findings, and shall thereupon set the hearing of such petition down for trial 
by a jury, as other civil actions are tried, unless a jury is waived in the 
manner provided by law in other civil actions. 

420. Jury — Number of Persons. 

Sec. 6. The jury impaneled to hear the evidence and determine the com- 
pensation to be paid to the owner or owners of such real estate desired for 
such school house site purpose shall consist of twelve persons, unless a i 
number be agreed upon, and shall be selected, impaneled and sworn in the 
same manner that juries in other civil actions are selected, impaneled and 
sworn: Provided, A juror may be challenged for cause on the ground that he 
is a taxpayer of the district seeking the condemnation of any real estate. 

421. Superior Court Judge to Preside. 

Sec. 7. A judge of the superior court shall preside at the trial and wit- 
nesses may be examined in behalf of either party to the proceedings, as in 
other civil actions, and upon the request of all the parties interested in such 
proceedings the court shall cause the jury impaneled to hear the same, to 
view the premises sought to be taken, and upon the request of any less num- 
ber of the persons interested in the proceedings, the court maj cause the 
jury to view the premises, pending the hearing of th< 

422. Court to Instruct Jury. 

Sec. 8. Upon the close of the evidence, and the argument of counsel, the 
court shall instruct the jury as to the matters submitted to them, and the 
law pertaining thereto, whereupon the Jury shall retire and deliberate and 
determine upon the amount of compensation In money thai shall be paid to 
the owner or owners of the real estate sought to be taken for such school 
house site purposes therefor, which shall be the amount found !•> the jury to 
be the fair and full value of such premises; and when the Jury shall bave 
determined upon their verdict, they shall return the same to the court as in 
other civil actions. 

423. The Verdict. 

Sec. 9. When ten of the jurors agre< upon a v< rdict, the vei i • 

upon shall be signed by the foreman, and the verdict ipon shall 

be and stand as the verdict of the jury. 



H% CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 



424. Compensation, When Jury Is Waived. 

Sec. 10. In case a jury is waived, the compensation that shall be paid 
for the premises taken shall be determined by the court and the proceedings 
shall be the same as in the trial of issues of fact by the court in other civil 
actions. 

425. Entry of Judgment, etc. 

Sec. 11. Upon the verdict of the jury, or upon the determination by the 
court of the compensation to be paid for the property sought to be taken as 
herein provided, judgment shall be entered against such school district in 
favor of the owner or owners of the real estate sought to be taken, for the 
amount found as compensation therefor, and upon the payment of such 
amount by such school district to the clerk of such court for the use of the 
owner or owners of, and the persons interested in the premises sought to be 
taken, the court shall enter a decree of appropriation of the real estate 
sought to be taken, thereby vesting the title to the same in such school 
district; and a certified copy of such decree of appropriation may be filed in 
the office of the county auditor of the county wherein the real estate taken 
is situated, and shall be recorded by such auditor like a deed of real estate, 
and with like effect. The money so paid to the clerk of the court shall be by 
him paid to the person or persons entitled thereto, upon the order of the court. 

426. Costs. 

Sec 12. All the costs of such proceedings in the superior court shall be 
paid by the school district initiating such proceedings. 

427. Appeal. 

Sec 13. Either party may appeal from the judgment for compensation 
awarded for the property taken, entered in the superior court, to the supreme 
court of the state within sixty days after the entry of the judgment, and such 
appeal shall bring before the supreme court the justness of the compensation 
awarded for tb° property taken, and any error occurring on the hearing of 
such matter, prejudicial to the party appealing: Provided, hcnoever. That 
if the owner or owners of the land taken accepts the sum awarded by the 
jury or court, he or they shall be deemed thereby to have waived their right 
of appeal to the supreme court. 

428. Possession of Prenvses. 

Sec 14. An appeal from such judgment by the owner or owners of the 
land sought to be taken, shall not have the effect to preclude the school dis- 
trict from taking possession of the premises sought, pending the appeal, pro- 
vided the amount of the judgment against the school district shall have been 
paid in to the clerk of the court, as hereinbefore provided. 

429. Plaintiff and Defendants. 

Sec 15. In all proceedings under this act the school district seeking to 
acquire title to real estate for a school house site, shall be denominated 
plaintiff, and all other persons interested therein shall be denominated de- 
fendants; and in all such proceedings the clerk of the superior court wherein 
any such proceeding is brought shall charge nothing for his services, except 
in taking an appeal from the judgment entered in the superior court. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. hq 



CHAPTER 21.— PROHIBITING SALE OF INTOXICATING LIQUORS WITH- 
IN PRESCRIBED LIMITS OF STATE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS. 

430. Two Thousand Feet from Institution. 

Section 1. That it shall be unlawful to sell or in any way dispose of any 
vinous, spiritous, malt or other intoxicating liquors, with or without a 
license, within two thousand (2,000) feet of any normal school, agricultural 
college, reform school, or state school for defective youth, now established or 
which may hereafter be legally established within the State of Washington: 
Provided, That nothing in this act shall be construed to affect in any way the 
provisions of "An act prohibiting the sale of intoxicating liquors on or near 
the grounds of the University of Washington," approved March 19, 1895. 

431. Penalty. 

Sec. 2. Any person or persons violating the provisions of this act shall 
be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof in any court 
of competent jurisdiction shall be punished by a fine of not less than two 
hundred (200) dollars, nor more than one thousand (1,000) dollars, or by 
both such fine and imprisonment. 

TITLE IV. 

CHAPTER 1.— DESIGNATION AND INTENT OF ACT AND REPEALING 

CLAUSE. 

432. Official Title. 

Section 1. This act shall be known and cited as the Code of Public In- 
struction of the State of Washington. 

433. Intention of Act. 

Sec 2. This act is intended to be and is amendatory of, and a recodifica- 
tion as amended of, all laws relating to the public school system of the State 
of Washington. ♦ 

434. Repealing Clause. 

Sec 3. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent with or in conflict with the 
provisions of this act are hereby repealed. 

Passed the Senate February 24, 1909. 
Passed the House March 1, 1909. 
Approved March 11, 1909. 

—8 



114 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



PUBLICATION OF ESTIMATES OF SCHOOL EXPENSES. 

* (Chapter 138, Session Laws of 1909.) 

435 Detailed Estimate of Expenditures. 

Section 1. It shall be the duty of county commissioners, city and town 
councils, and school directors of school distircts lying wholly, or in part, 
within the limits of any incorporated city or town, on or before the first 
Monday in September of each year, to make estimates of the amount required 
to meet the public expense for the ensuing year, and to be raised by taxation 
in such county, city, town, road, school, or other taxing district. Such esti- 
mates shall be fully itemized, showing under separate heads the amount re- 
quired for each department, public office, public official, for each public im- 
provement, for the maintenance of each public building, structure, or institu- 
tion, the salary of each public officer or employe, the maintenance of public 
highways, roads, streets, bridges, the construction, operation and maintenance 
of each public utility, and shall contain a full and complete disclosure and 
statement of the contemplated expenditures for the ensuing year, showing 
the amount proposed to be expended from each separate fund, and the total 
amount of public expense. Said statement shall also contain an estimate of 
the receipts for the ensuing year from sources other than direct taxation, 
and the amount, or amounts, proposed to be raised by taxation upon the real 
and personal property of such county, city, town, road, school, or other taxing 
district. 

436. — Publication of Estimate. 

i 

Sec. 2. The estimates required in section one (1) of this act, together 
with a notice that such board of county commissioners, city or town council, 
or board of school directors, will meet on the first Monday in October for the 
purpose of making tax levies, as stated in said estimates, and naming the 
time and place of holding such meeting, shall be published Tor at least two 
(2) consecutive weeks following the adoption of such estimates as follows: 
Estimates of expenditures, required to be disbursed by county commissioners, 
shall be published in the official newspaper of the county, if there be one; if 
not, then in a newspaper of general circulation in such county. All other 
estimates shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation in such 
county, town, school, or other taxing district. 

437. Public Hearing. 

Sec 3. It shall be the duty of county commissioners, city and town coun- 
cils, and of school directors of school districts, lying wholly, or in part, 
within the limits of any incorporated city or town, to meet on the first Mon- 
day in October, and at the time and place designated in said notice, when 
and where any taxpayer who may appear shall be heard in favor or against 
any proposed tax levies. When such hearing shall have been concluded, such 

* This chapter applies only to school districts of the first or the second class. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON H5 



county commissioners, city or town councils, and school directors shall pro- 
ceed to make, determine, and decide the amount of taxes to be levied upon 
the current assessment rolls. All taxes shall be levied or voted in specific 
sums, and shall not exceed the amount specified in such published estimates. 

438. Penalty. 

Sec. 4. Any person violating the provisions of this act shall be guilty of 
a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be fined in any sum not less than 
one hundred dollars, nor more than five hundred dollars. 



FIRE DRILLS. 

(Chapter 106, Session Laws of 1909.) 

439. Fire Drills Twice Each Month. 

Section 1. It shall be the duty of the principal or other person in charge 
of every public or private school or educational institution within the state, 
to instruct and train the pupils by means of drills, so that they may in a 
sudden emergency be able to leave the school building in the shortest pos- 
sible time and without confusion or panic. Such drills or rapid dismissals 
shall be held at least twice in each month. 

440. Penalty. 

Sec. 2. Neglect by any principal or other person in charge of any public 
or private school or educational institution to comply with the provisions of 
this act shall be a misdemeanor, punishable at the discretion of the court 
by a fine not exceeding fifty ($50.00) dollars. Such fine to be paid to the 
county treasurer for the benefit of said school district. 

441. Publication of this Act. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the board of directors or other body having 
control of the schools in any town or city to cause a copy of this act to be 
printed in the manual or handbook prepared for the guidance of teachers, 
where such manual or handbook is in use or may hereafter come into use. 
It shall be the duty of the Superintendent of Public Instruction to cause a 
copy of this act to be published in the Washington State Manual. 

442. Colleges and Universities Excepted. 

Sec 4. The provisions of this act shall not apply to colleges or uni- 
versities. 



PROHIBITING CHILD LABOR. 
(Chapter 128, Session Laws of 1907. 1 

443. Child Labor Forbidden. 

Sec. 1. That no person under the age of Dineteen years shall be 
ployed as a public messenger by any person, telegraph company, teleph 
company, or messenger company in any city of the fust .lass in tins ate 



116 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



nor shall any child of either sex under the age of fourteen years be hired out 
to labor in any factory, mill, workshop or store at any time: Provided, That 
any superior court judge may issue a permit for the employment of any 
child between the ages of twelve and fourteen years at any occupation, not 
in his judgment dangerous or injurious to the health or morals of such 
child, upon evidence satisfactory to him that the labor of such child is neces- 
sary for its support or for the assistance of any parent: And provided fur- 
ther, That the judge of the juvenile court may issue permits for the employ- 
ment of any male child over fourteen years of age, as messenger by tele- 
graph, telephone and messenger companies subject to such limitations and 
conditions as may be imposed by said court. All permits herein provided 
for shall be issued for a definite time and shall be revocable at the discretion 
of the judge by whom issued. 

444. Penalty. 

Sec. 2. Any employer, or any overseer, superintendent, or agent of 
such person, telegraph company, telephone company or messenger company 
who shall violate any of the provisions of this act shall, upon conviction 
thereof, be fined for each offense not less than ten dollars nor more than 
five hundred dollars, or be imprisoned in the county jail not to exceed six 
months, or by both such fine and imprisonment. 



INVESTMENT OF PERMANENT SCHOOL FUNDS. 

(Chapter 12, Session Laws 1907.) 

445. State Board of Finance. 

Sec. 1. There is hereby created a board which shall be known and 
designated as the "State Board of Finance." Said board shall be composed 
of the Governor, State Treasurer, and State Auditor: Provided, however, 
That the Governor may designate and appoint some state officer as his repre- 
sentative. 

446. Records, When Kept. 

Sec. 2. Said board shall keep a full and complete record of all their 
proceedings in appropriate books of record, and a clerk in the office of the 
State Auditor shall act as the secretary of the said board; their office shall 
be in the office of the State Auditor, and all records and correspondence re- 
lating to the said board shall be kept in the office of the State Auditor, and 
shall be subject to public inspection. 

447. Rules and Regulations. 

Sec. 3. Said State Board of Finance shall make appropriate rules and 
regulations for the carrying out of the provisions of this act, not incon- 
sistent with law and the State Treasurer shall act as chairman of said State 
Board of Finance. 

448. Investment of Permanent Funds. 

Sec 4. Whenever there shall be in the permanent school funds of 
the state, or in the permanent funds of the normal school, state university, 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



117 



scientific school, agricultural college, or the charitable, educational, penal and 
reformatory institutions, one thousand dollars or more available for invest- 
ment, said State Board of Finance shall invest the same in national, state, 
county, municipal or school district bonds, bearing not less than three and 
three-fourths per cent, interest per annum, paying therefor not more than 
the par value thereof: Provided, The word bonds in this section shall not 
be interpreted to mean or include any special, or assessment district bonds 
or bonds other than those found to be within the limit of indebtedness pre- 
scribed by law, or regularly created and issued as general indebtedness bonds: 
Provided further, That school district bonds regularly created and issued 
shall be given preference in said investments. Upon such investment being 
made, the State Auditor shall draw his warrant on said fund for the amount 
so invested, and the bonds so purchased shall be deposited with the State 
Treasurer, whose duty it shall be to collect all interest payments falling due 
thereon, and the principal at maturity. 



LEGAL RATE OF INTEREST ON SCHOOL WARRANTS. 
(Chapter 80, Session Laws of 1899.) 

449. Interest on School Warrants. 

Sec. 4. All county, city, town and school warrants, and all warrants or 
other evidences of indebtedness, drawn upon or payable from any public 
funds, shall bear interest at a rate not greater than eight per centum per 
annum, unless a less rate be specified therein. 

450. Issuing Officer to Regulate Rate. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of every public officer issuing public warrants 
to make monthly investigation to ascertain the market value of the current 
warrants issued by him, and he shall, so far as practicable, fix the rate of 
interest (not in any event, however, exceeding the maximum rate herein- 
before established therefor) on the warrants issued by him during the en- 
suing month, so that the par value shall be the market value thereof. 



218 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



SYNOPSIS OF OFFICIAL OPINIONS AND RULINGS ON QUESTIONS 
OF SCHOOL LAW, IN FORCE UNDER THE CODE OF PUBLIC 
INSTRUCTION. 

BY ATTORNEY GENERAL. 

1. Any person who is actually the head of a family; that is, who is under 
legal obligation to provide for the support and education of persons depend- 
ent upon him, and who is in fact providing for their education and support, 
is the head of a family for the purpose of signing petitions relating to school 
matters, whether he is a legal voter or not. Any person who is not the head 
of a family within the definition given above is not qualified to sign such 
petition, though he be a legal voter. — Jones. 

2. When a petition is presented to a county superintendent praying for 
the organization of a new school district, he may, after he has heard all the 
evidence presented by the parties interested, exercise his judgment, within 
reasonable limits, in the organization of such new district and the fixing of 
its boundaries, and in so doing he may correct any mistakes that may have 
been made in the description given in the petition, and in a proper case 
modify the boundaries described herein. — Jones. 

3. Children of school age residing upon military reservations lying within 
any school district constitute a legitimate portion of the school population 
of the district and should be enumerated as other children are. — Jones. 

4. If a teacher is a near relative of a member of the school district board, 
he is not by reason of such relationship alone rendered ineligible to election 
as a teacher in a school under the management of such board of directors. — 
Jones. 

5. When cities, in extending their limits, take in other districts or parts 
of districts, and in so doing take in a part or all of the school district officers 
of such included school districts, the officers so taken into the city district do 
not become a part of the board of directors of the city districts so extending 
their limits. — Jones. 

6. The stated reading of the Bible in the public schools of this state is 
a religious exercise within the meaning of the constitution, and as such is 
thereby prohibited in section 11, article 1 of that document. — Jones. 

7. County superintendents shall furnish to the Superintendent of Public 
Instruction all information specifically required by law, and such other in- 
formation as the Superintendent of Public Instruction may desire in the 
administration of his office, such information to be of such a character as 
the county superintendent possesses or as he can reasonably obtain. For a 
persistent refusal to furnish such information, he may be removed from his 
office. In turn, school district clerks shall furnish to the county superin- 
tendent all information required by law, and for a persistent refusal to do 
so, they may be removed from office. — Winston. 

8. A union high school district cannot be formed by the union of school 
districts lying in different counties. — Stratton. 

9. In case a school is closed by order of the board of directors, because 
of the prevalence of a contagious disease in the district, the teacher is en- 
titled to his wages during the time the school is so closed, and he cannot 



STATE OF WASHINGTON H9 



be required to make up the time lost by the closing of the school, unless it 
is so stipulated in his contract with the directors. — Stratton. 

10. In case of the formation of a new school district by the division of an 
old district or districts, the basis of the division of the funds of the old dis- 
trict or districts should be the ratio of the number of school children in each 
district at the time of the formation of the new district. — Stratton. 

11. A board of school directors has authority to make a by-law refusing 
to admit children of six years of age to the public schools at any other time 
than the commencement of a term. The opinion holds such a by-law is not 
inconsistent with the section of the Code of Public Instruction which admits 
to attendance all children between ages of six and twenty-one years residing 
in the school district. — Stratton. 

12. The annual reports of county school superintendents is the only 
proper basis of apportionment of public moneys by the State Superintendent 
of Public Instruction. — Ross. 

13. The county superintendent is the lawful auditor of all claims or bills 
incurred in holding teachers' institutes. However, the expenditure for this 
purpose is limited to $200 in excess of the receipts for examination fees. The 
county commissioners have the right to refuse to order paid any manifestly 
improper or unlawful charge. — Ross. 

14. A county superintendent has not power and the right to divide in 
the event of the formation of a new school district, any sinking fund or 
special fund accumulated in the treasury of the old (divided) district for 
the payment of bonds that are not yet due.— Ross. 

15. The school teacher, not the board of directors, is the proper authority 
to determine to what grade or course a pupil properly belongs.— Ross. 

16. A board of directors in a school district employing not more than one 
teacher cannot be required to institute a high school or have high school 
studies taught in their district. — Stratton. 

17. A school district desiring to maintain a kindergarten school service 
must maintain such school at their own expense without diverting any por- 
tion of the state or county funds from the usual channel— Ross. 

18. A school superintendent cannot hold the office of school clerk without 
vacating the office of superintendent. A school clerk cannot fill the office of 
school teacher, and a teacher is ineligible to the office of clerk of the dis- 
trict in which he is employed. 

19 Boards of school directors have the power to authorize the school 
room to be used for summer or night schools, literary, scientific, religious, 
political, mechanical or agricultural societies, but are ao\ empowered to 
authorize the use of a school room for dancing purposes.— Stratton. 

20 A county superintendent may act as his own agent in purchasing 
necessary blanks, books, stationery, postage, printing and other expenses oi 
his office.— Stratton. 

21 The county superintendent is the proper person to determine the 
necessity for issuing any circular of information pertaining to the schools o1 

his county. — Ross. 

22 Private schools which make a specialty of Instructing In ana brancb 
other than those similar in character to the common school course prei cribed 
by the state course of study are not entitled to receive the benenl ol attend- 
ance credited to the district in which the pupils reside. Su< h Bchools as com- 



^gO CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

mercial, music and art schools do not entitle a school district to the benefit 
of attendance in the apportionment of the state school funds. — Ross. 

23. Bonds shall not bear a higher rate of interest than six per cent., and 
a district cannot directly or indirectly pay more. — Stratton. 

24. A director cannot lawfully be employed to perform the duties of 
janitor in his own district. — Stratton. 

25. Neither state nor county school funds can lawfully be applied to the 
building of school houses or to permanent improvements thereon. — Stratton. 

26. County superintendents have power to institute proceedings to stop 
the payment of warrants issued without authority of law. — Stratton. 

27. There is no limit to the time school warrants may be held after they 
have been "called" by the county treasurer. In other words, they must be 
paid on presentation, at any time after the date of payment announced in 
the county treasurer's notice. — Stratton. 

28. The petition for the formation of a consolidated school district need 
not be signed by five heads of families in each and every district which it is 
proposed to include in the consolidated district, but only by five heads of 
families residing in the several districts which it is proposed to include in 
the consolidated district. — Stratton. 

29. School district electors must control the location of schools, school 
houses, length of term to be taught (over and above the minimum term re- 
quired by law), in their respective districts, and directors are not authorized 
to change the location of the school without the sanction of the legal electors 
of the district. — Ross. 

30. Directors have the authority to pay for the transportation of pupils 
to and from school, no matter where the school of the district is held. — Ross. 

31. School directors may lawfully insure school property in a fire insur- 
ance company or association organized under the act of 1903. — Stratton. 

32. If territory is detached from a school district having a bonded indebt- 
edness, the detached territory is not liable for the payment of any part of 
the bonded indebtedness of the district from which it was detached. — Stratton. 

33. School district warrants must be paid in the order of their presenta- 
tion to the county treasurer. — Stratton. 

34. It is optional with a school board to allow a pupil of the eighth grade, 
for example, to review his book in that grade, if such review is not incon- 
sistent with the rules of the State Board of Education or rules of the Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction. — Stratton. 

35. The power to accept the resignation of a school officer lies in the 
officer who is authorized to appoint his successor. — Stratton. 

36. If two school districts, each having a school house, are consolidated, 
and it is proposed to establish a school house site for the consolidated dis- 
trict, only a majority vote is required. — Falknor. 

37. A consolidated school district cannot be formed of districts lying in 
two or more counties. — Booth. 

38. In case a union high school district exists (for instance, districts 
Nos. 1 and 2) and an additional district is consolidated with district No. 1, it 
becomes a part of the union high school district. — Atkinson. 

39. A board of school directors may subscribe for a school journal which 
publishes a department of state news that is of value to boards of directors, 
and pay for the same out of public funds. — Atkinson. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 121 



40. Any certificate may be revoked for cause by the authority issuing it. 
The Superintendent of Public Instruction has the power to revoke any class 
of certificates or diplomas for non-attendance at a teachers' institute.— At- 
kinson. , . , , ,. . , . _ _ 

41. Two cities are adjacent. Each is embraced in a school district, can 

the school district unite and form a consolidated district without the con- 
solidation of the cities? Answer: No.— Falknor. 

42. A school board cannot lawfully purchase text-books and sell them to 
the pupils of the district. It can perform only such acts as the law au- 
thorizes. — Falknor. 

43. If a teacher is compelled to sell his school warrants at a discount the 
school board issuing the warrants cannot lawfully remunerate him for such 

loss. — Atkinson. 

44. If a county superintendent, at the time of his election, is the holder 
of such a certificate as is required by law as a condition of eligibility to that 
office fails to have it renewed or fails to obtain a new one at the time of the 
expiration of the old one; or, if his certificate should be revoked, it does not 
disqualify him from holding his office during the period for which he was 

elected. — Atkinson. 

45 The law requiring the taking of the school census annually is manda- 
tory. The Code of Public Instruction is presumed to be the law until proven 
to be in conflict with the statutes.— Atkinson. 

46 In the formation of a consolidated school district the component dis- 
tricts maintain their existence for the purposes of appeal until the time for 
taking an appeal has expired— Falknor. 

47. A teacher has no right to punish a child for any act committed after 
the child has reached home, after dismissal— Atkinson. 

48. Directors have no power to buy a site for a new building without the 
consent of the legal electors of the district.— Atkinson. 

49. A school board can not contract indebtedness in excess of the income 
of the district for the current year— Knickerbocker. 

' 50 A school district cannot claim the attendance of pupils above the 
eighth grade, if such pupils attend school in some other district.-Knicker- 

l~)0olv6r 

51 ' School funds cannot be apportioned to any school district that has 
not maintained school the minimum time required by law during the preced- 
ing school year. — Falknor. 



DECISIONS BY STATE SUPERINTENDENT. 

1. The powers and duties of a county superintendent of common schools, 
under the law, are mainly executive and supervisory. He has, In addition, 
limited judiciary power in cases of hearing petitions and appeals; bill in the 
exercise of this power he should not lay aside his executive and supervisory 
functions and assume the attitude of a judge In a al law, leaving to the 

parties interested the entire burden of conducting the Investigation. He 
should, on the contrary, exercise his other oftVini powers to the extent acces- 
sary to enable him to investigate thoroughly the matter before him, elicit all 
necessary testimony, and thus have a1 hand the data upon which he will be 
able to render the just and equitable decision required of him by law.— Bryan. 



122 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



2. When the officers of a new school district have been appointed, and 
have qualified according to law, the new district is fully organized and pos- 
sesses all the powers of any other school district, though by a failure to have 
the required amount of school within one year it may forfeit its organization 
and cease to exist as a coi'poration. — Bryan. 

3. The terms of office of all the first officers of a new school district ex- 
pire at the time of the first annual election succeeding its organization, 
whether those officers were appointed by the county superintendent or hold 
their positions by virtue of a previous election in the old district or districts 
from which the new district was taken. They are only temporary officers in 
either case. — Bryan. 

4. In case a school district should fail to elect officers at the time and in 
the manner prescribed by law, the officers whose terms of office expire at the 
time such election should have taken place do not of right hold over, or 
continue in office until the next or some subsequent annual election. This 
opinion is based upon the fact that school district officers, by failing to order 
the annual election to be held, at which all school district officers must be 
elected, might continue themselves in office perpetually, by giving no oppor- 
tunity for the electors to express their will as to whom they desire as the 
officers of their district. In such cases the county superintendent should, upon 
a petition, declare such offices vacant, and should appoint other officers to fill 
the vacancies, in accordance with the wishes of the electors of the district. 
If, however, no protest is made by the people of the district, the old officers 
may be allowed to continue in office, and their acts will be perfectly legal. 
They are at least officers de facto. — Bryan. 

5. A board of directors cannot dismiss a teacher simply because the 
teacher is unpopular, or does not give general satisfaction. They must first 
establish the fact that he is incompetent, or that he has violated the law or 
the terms of his contract. Neither can boards of directors make contracts 
that are not in accordance with law. — Bryan. 

6. The spirit of the code is that school houses shall be used for public 
school purposes, and all incidental uses must be under such restrictions as 
to result in no injury to the school or to the school property. A school house 
can be used for no other purpose than those specified in paragraph 163, sub. 
10. — Bryan. 

7. Boards of directors and other school officers possess such powers as 
are specifically delegated to them by law, and such other implied powers as 
are necessary in order to transact all business specifically prescribed by law. 
In other words, their powers are ministerial, not plenary. — Bryan. 

8. It is the duty of boards of directors to make all necessary rules and 
regulations for the systematic transaction of their official business, and to 
transact all business as a board, at board meetings. — Bryan. 

9. A board of directors cannot legally employ a minor child of one of 
the directors to perform services for the district unless such child has been 
first emancipated by its parent. Unless the child has been emancipated, the 
parent may lawfully claim its wages, and thus the director would be placed 
in the attitude of auditor of his own accounts against the district. — Bryan. 

10. All persons between the ages of five and twenty-one years, whether 
married or single, residing in any school district on the first day of May, 
should be enumerated by the school district clerk. The simple fact that a 



STATE OF WASHINGTON i%Q 



person is married does not debar him or her from the privileges of the com- 
mon school in this state, under existing law. — Bryan. 

11. The notice to be given by the school district clerk, of all meetings of 
the board of directors, is not a notice to the public, but simply a notice to the 
members of the board. A failure to give the required notice does not, of 
itself, invalidate the meeting, provided all members of the board actually at- 
tend the meeting and participate in its transactions. — Bryan. 

12. A teacher does not forfeit his certificate by non-attendance at a 
teachers' institute, but simply renders it forfeitable in case he has not a 
valid excuse for non-attendance. In other words, a forfeiture does not and 
cannot exist until a declaration of the forfeiture has been made by the proper 
authority.— Bryan. 

13. A contract to teach does not, either directly or by implication, include 
the doing of janitor work by the teacher; and unless a contract to teach 
specifically states that the teacher is to perform that service, the directors 
must provide some person other than the teacher to perform duties of janitor 
for the school. — Bryan. 

14. Teachers, principals and city superintendents, in keeping registers 
and making reports, should record and report only the actual attendance of 
pupils. School districts are entitled to accredited, or constructive attendance, 
when the school is closed for the purpose of allowing a teacher to attend a 
teachers' institute. In this instance the accredited attendance should be 
added by the county superintendent before making his annual report, and 
should be determined by multiplying the average daily attendance, as re- 
ported by the teacher, by the number of days the teacher was actually in at- 
tendance at the institute. The teacher who marks pupils present on days 
when the school was not for any reason in session, is guilty of falsifying his 
records, and is liable to prosecution for so doing, and subjects his certificate 
to revocation. — Bryan. 



124 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



RULES AND REGULATIONS, BY STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION. 

TEACHERS. 

1. The teachers in the public schools of this state shall follow the pre- 
scribed course of study and enforce the rules and regulations of the board of 
education; shall keep records, use blanks and render reports according to in- 
structions. 

2. Teachers shall be held responsible for the care of all school property 
entrusted to them; shall frequently inspect the same and promptly report to 
the district clerk any damage it may have received. 

3. Each teacher shall prepare a program of daily exercises, a copy of 
which shall be posted in a conspicuous place in the school room. 

4. Teachers shall exercise watchful care over the conduct and habits of 
the pupils while under their jurisdiction. 

5. Teachers shall maintain strict order and discipline in their schools at 
all times. Any neglect of this requirement shall be considered good cause for 
dismissal. Corporal punishment may be resorted to when it becomes neces- 
sary to the preservation of proper discipline. No cruel punishment shall be 
inflicted; and no teacher shall administer punishment on or about the head 
of any pupil. 

6. In any case of misconduct or insubordination, when the teacher deems 
it necessary for the good of the school, he may suspend a pupil, and shall 
immediately notify the directors of the district thereof for further action, 
and shall send a copy of said notice to the parents or guardians of the child. 

7. Every public school teacher shall give vigilant attention to the tempera- 
ture and ventilation of the school room and shall see that the doors and win- 
dows are open at each intermission, for the purpose of changing the atmos- 
phere of the room. 

8. Teachers shall have the right, and it shall be their duty, to direct and 
control within reasonable limits the studies of their pupils: Provided, That 
all pupils shall receive instruction in the branches included in the prescribed 
course of study. 

9. The use of tobacco in any form or place by a teacher is discoun- 
tenanced, and the use of alcoholic stimulants in any form or place as a bever- 
age is prohibited. The use of tobacco or any other narcotic on the school 
premises by a teacher shall work a forfeiture of his certificate. 

10. At the close of every term of school the teacher shall thoroughly ex- 
amine his pupils in the studies of the term, using written questions and re- 
quiring written answers whenever practicable, and the standing of each pupil 
in the work of the term shall be noted accurately upon the school register. 

11. Teachers shall require excuses from the parents or guardians of 
pupils, either in person or by written note, in all cases of absence, tardiness 
or dismissal before the close of school, and no excuse shall be deemed valid 
except that of sickness. Excuses for absence shall be placed in the hands of 



STATE OF WASHINGTON \Q$ 



the attendance officer, and it shall be the duty of said attendance officer to 
thoroughly investigate each case and enforce the provisions of the law re- 
lating thereto. 

12. An attendance of less than one hour at any half-day's session shall 
not he counted by the teacher in making his or her annual report. 

13. In all public schools in this state the teachers shall require of their 
pupils regular exercises in composition and declamation. In the preparation 
of programs for rhetoricals, teachers shall use every effort to secure selections 
of a high literary character and to make the work truly educational. 

PUPILS. 

1. Every pupil shall be punctual and regular in attendance, obedient to 
all rules of the school, diligent in study, respectful and obedient to teachers 
and kind and obliging to schoolmates. 

2. Wilful disobedience, habitual truancy, vulgarity or profanity, the use 
of tobacco on or about the school premises, stealing, the carrying of deadly 
weapons, the carrying or using of dangerous playthings, shall constitute good 
cause for suspension or expulsion from school. 

3. As soon as dismissed, pupils shall leave the school premises and go 
directly to their homes. Loitering on the way to and from school is posi- 
tively forbidden. 

4. Pupils shall give attention to personal neatness and cleanliness, and 
any who repeatedly fail in this respect may be sent home to be prepared 
properly for school. 

5. Pupils shall not be detained more than forty minutes after the regular 
hour for dismissal. 



126 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



FORMS FOR USE OF SCHOOL OFFICERS AND TEACHERS. 



Form No. 1. 



County Superintendent's Annual Report to State Superintendent of Public 

Instruction. 

[Not printed with laws. J 



Form No. 2. 

Petition to County Superintendent, Praying for Formation of a New School 

District. 

To the Superintendent of Schools, County, Washington : 

We, the undersigned, being heads of families and lawful petitioners for the pur- 
pose herein set forth, do hereby petition you to form a school district in the county 

of , State of Washington, with the following boundaries, viz.: [Here 

describe boundaries.] Our reasons for asking for the formation of the above described 
district are as follows, viz. : [Here give reasons.] Following is a correct list of the 
names of children of school age residing within the limits of the proposed district, viz. : 
[Here insert the names of children of school age.] 



Signed. 



Signed. 



Dated this day of , 19 ... . 

Remarks. — This petition must be signed by at least five heads of families, who are 
bona fide members of the proposed district. 



Form No. 3. 

Petition to County Superintendent, Praying for Alteration of Boundaries of 

School District. 

To the Superintendent of Schools, County, Washington : 

We, the undersigned, being heads of families and lawful petitioners for the pur- 
pose herein set forth, do hereby petition you to change the boundaries of School Dis- 
tricts Nos , of county, Washington, as follows, viz.: [Here de- 
scribe change desired.] Our reasons for desiring said change of boundaries are as 
follows, viz. : [Here give reasons.] Following is a correct list of the names of children 



STATE OF WASHINGTON jo? 



of school age residing in the territory which it is desired to have transferred: [Here 
give 'list of names.] 



Signed. 



Signed. 



Dated this day of , 19 . . 



P'orm No. 4. 

Notice of Meeting to Investigate a Petition for the Formation of a School 

District. 

Notice is hereby given that a meeting will be held at on the 

day of , 19. . . ., at the hour of .... o'clock .... m., for the purpose of 

investigating a petition which was filed in my office on the day of , 

19...., praying for the formation of a school district, with the following boundaries, 
viz. : 



And all parties are hereby notified that a full and fair investigation will be made 
at the time and place above stated of all matters pertaining to the formation of the 
above described school district, and, if it shall be deemed advisable, the petition will 
be granted and the school district formed as prayed for. 

Dated this day of , 19 

(Signed) 

Supt. of Schools County, Washington. 

The above notice is posted by , this day of 19 ... . 

Remarks. — Twenty days' notice must be given. 



Form No. 5. 

Notice of Meeting to Investigate a Petition for the Alteration of School 

District Boundaries. 

Notice is hereby given that a meeting will be held al on the 

day of 19 at the hour of .... o'clock .... m.. for the purpose of 

investigating a petition which was filed in my office on tln> day of 

19 praying for changes in the boundaries of School Districts Nos. . . . and 

in the county of State of Washington, as follows, viz.. : 



And all parties are hereby notified thai a full and fair Investigation will be mail" 
at the time and place above stated of nil matters pertaining to said change of bound- 
aries, and that, if it shall be deemed advisable, the petition will be granted and the 
changes made as above described. 

(Signed) 

Supt. of Schools County, Washington. 

The above notice is posted by this day of 19.... 

Remarks. — Twenty days' notice musl be given, 



^28 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

Form No. 6. 
Certificate of Formation of School District. 
[ Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 7. 
Certificate of Alteration of School District Boundaries. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 10. 

Report of Teachers' Institute County, Washington. 

I Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 11. 

Certificate of County Treasurer to County Superintendent Showing the 
Amount of Funds on Hand to be Apportioned. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 12. 

Certificate of County Superintendent to County Treasurer, Showing Amount 
of Funds Apportioned to Each School District. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 13. 

Form for Notifying District Clerk of the Amount of Funds Apportioned to 

District by County Superintendent. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 14. 

Annual Report of County Treasurer to County Superintendent, Showing Fi- 
nancial Status of Each School District for Preceding Year Ending June 30. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 15. 
Appointment of Director to Fill Vacancy. 

By virtue of authority in me vested by law, I hereby appoint 

to the office of director of School District No , of county, State 

of Washington, to fill a vacancy caused by [here state cause of vacancy] ; said 

to continue in office until the fourth Monday following the next annual 

school election, and until his successor is selected and qualified according to law. 

Dated this day of , 19 ... . 

( Signed) • 

Supt. of Schools County, Washington. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



129 



OATH OF OFFICE. 

State of Washington, County of ss. 

I> do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support the con- 
stitution of the United States and the constitution of the State of Washington ; that 
I will endeavor to promote the interests of education, and will faithfully discha g 

the duties of of School District No in the county of 

in said state. So help God. 

( Signed ) 

(Postoffice) 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19. . . . 

(Signed) 

fllere state official character of officer administering oath.] 



Fokm No. 16. 
Report of Defective Youth. 

To the Board of Commissioners of County. Washington : 

I herewith transmit to you a report of all defective youth residing in your county, 
as reported to me by the clerks of the several school districts of the county. 

Dated this day of , 19 

(Signed) 

Supt. of Schools County, Washington. 



Name of youth. 



Character of 
ailment. 



Name of parent or Postoffice address of parent or 
guardian. guardian. 



Remarks. — This report should be made to the county commissioners at their August 
meeting, and a copy of it should be sent by the county superintendent to the superin- 
tendent of the School for the Deaf and the Blind at Vancouver, Wash., and another 
copy to the State Board of Control al Olympia, Wash. 



Form No. 17. 
Graded School Report. 



[Form not printed with laws. | 



Form No. 1<S. 

I iiiini 1 1 iuli School Report. 
[Form not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 19 

Annual Report of School District Clerk to County Superintend 

[Not print I'd with laws. | 
—9 



130 



CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



Form No. 20. 

Petition for Formation of Consolidated District. 

To the Superintendent of Common Schools County, Washington : 

We. the undersigned, being heads of families in the districts whose numbers are 
set opposite our respective names, do hereby petition you to issue an order combining 

School Districts Nos and in County, Washington, and 

thus form a consolidated district as provided for in the Code of Public Instruction of 
this state. 



Name. 


No. of 
District. 


Name. 


No. of 
District. 

































Dated this day of 



10. 



Form No. 21. 

Estimate of School District Tax Levy. 

To the Board of Commissioners, County, Washington : 

I , clerk of School District No , of said county, de hereby 

certify that at a meeting of the board of directors, duly held in said school district, 

on the day of 19 it was estimated that the following amount 

of money will be required for school purposes in said district during the present school 
year : 



Items. 



Buildings and repairs 

Salaries of teachers 

Salaries of janitors 

Salary and expenses of district clerk. 

School furniture and apparatus 

School supplies 

Fuel 

Incidental expenses 



Amount. 



Total amount to be raised 



STATE OF WASHINGTON y^\ 

You are hereby authorized to levy a sufficient tax on the property of School District 

No to produce this amount after deducting the amount to be received by the 

said school district from state and county funds. 

Dated this day of 19 

Clerk. 

School District No , County, Washington. 

Note. — This notice must be filed with the clerk of the board of county commissioners 
on or before the first day of September. 

It is the duty of the county commissioners to make sufficient levies for bond in- 
terest and sinking funds, in addition to the above estimates. 



Form No. 22. 

School District Warrant. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 23. 

Notice of Annual Election. 

Notice is hereby given that the annual election of School District No of 

county, State of Washington, will lie held at in said 

school district, on Saturday, the day of March, 19 for the purpose of 

electing school district officers, as follows, viz. : 

One school district director for a term of three years. 



and for the transaction of such other business as may lawfully come before the meeting. 

The polls will be open from o'clock .... m., to o'clock .... m. 

By order of the board of directors. 

Dated this day of 19 ... . 

Clerk. 

Remarks.- — Three of these notices must be posted at least ten days prior to the day 
of election, one of which must be at the place of holding the election. All elections 
should be held at the school house, if there be one. 



Form No. 25. 

Notice of School District Bond Election. 

Notice is hereby given that a special election will be held at in 

School District No of county, State of Washington, on the 

day of 19 for the purpose of determining whether or not the direc- 
tors of said school district shall borrow money and issue bonds of the district In the 
sum of dollars, for the purpose of 



Said bonds, if issued, shall bear a rate of interest not to exceed per centum 

per annum, payable annually ; the bonds to be payable and redeemable in 

years after date: 'Provided. That said school district reserves the righi to pay or 
redeem said bonds, or any of them, at any time after years from the date thereof. 

The election will be by ballot. Those In favor of Hi.- issuing of bonds ns above 
specified, will vote, "Bonds, yes"; those oppo ed, "Bonds, oo." 

The polls will be open from o'clock ... m , to o'cloi k ... m. 

By order of the board of directors. 

Dated this day of 19 

(Signed) Clerk, 

Remarks. — All elections must be held at the school hous.\ if there be one. At Least 



1 gg # CODE OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

three notices must be posted at least ten days, one of which must be at the place of 
holding election. 

Preserve one copy of this notice as a part of the records. 

•If the directors do not desire the option of paying the bonds, or any part of them, 
before the maximum limit stated in the notices, this clause should be erased. 



Form No. 26. 

Notice of Special School District Meeting. 
Notice is hereby given that a special meeting of the legal school electors of School 

District No of county, Washington, will be held at , 

in said district, on the day of , 19. . . ., beginning at the hour of 

o'clock .... m., of said day, for the purpose of determining 



By order of the board of directors. 

Dated this day of , 19 

(Signed) , Clerk. 

Remarks. — At least three notices should be posted at least ten days. No business 
can be transacted except such as is specified in the notice. The meeting contemplated 
is not an election in the strict sense of that term, but is a meeting at which the voters 
may assemble to discuss and determine matters pertaining to the welfare of their 
district. 



Form No. 27. 

Notice of Meeting to Form Consolidated School District. 

Notice is hereby given that a meeting will be held at on the 

day of , 19 at the hour of o'clock .... m.. for the purpose of 

investigating a petition which was filed in my office on the day of 

19. . . ., praying for the consolidation of School Districts Nos and , thus 

forming a consolidated school district. 

And all parties are hereby notified that a full and fair investigation will be made 
at the time and place above stated of all matters pertaining to the formation of the 
above described school district, and if it shall be deemed advisable, the petition will 
be granted and the school district formed as prayed for. 

Dated this day of , 19 

( Signed ) , 

Supt. of Schools, County, Washington. 

The above notice is posted by ...... this day of , 19 ... . 

Remarks. — Twenty days' notice must be given and three notices should be posted 
in each district. 

Form No. 28. 

Certificate of Election and Oath of Office. 

To the Superintendent of Schools, County, Washington : 

I hereby certify that at the annual election of School District No 

county, State of Washington, held on the day of , 19 , M 

was duly elected to the office of director of said district for a 

term of years, beginning on the fourth Monday next succeeding said election. 

I further certify that h postofflce address is , State of Washington. 

( Signed) - 

Clerk of Annual School Election. 

OATH OF OFFICE. 

State of Washington, County of , ss. 

I f , do hereby solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support the 

constitution of the United States and the constitution of the State of Washington ; 



STATE OF WASHINGTON 



133 



that I will endeavor to promote the interests of education, and will faithfully dis- 
charge the duties of of School District No in the county of 

, in said state. So help me God. 

(Signed) 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 10. . . . 



[Here state official character of officer who administers oath.] 
Remarks. — This notice should be given to the person elected, who must qualify on 
or before the day designated for him to take office, and send the oath and certificate 
above to the county superintendent. He must also file with the county auditor his 
signature, certified to by some school officer. The county superintendent -liould not 
recognize any one as director or clerk whose oath is not on file in his office. 

♦Directors take office on the fourth Monday next succeeding their election, and 
clerks at the time they are selected by the school boards. 



Form No. 29. 

School District Election Poll Book. 

roll book oi an election held in School District No of county, 

State of Washington, on the day of 19 and 

being chosen judges of said election, and clerk, all being duly sworn, as 

required by law, before entering upon the duties of their respective offices. 



Number and names of electors voting. 



1 
2 
3 



4. 
5. 
6. 



Tally list. 



Tally list. 



We hereby certify that the whole number of electors voting at this election 

amounts to ; that the whole number of ballots cast at this election amounts 

to ; that received votes for director ; that 

received votes for director, etc., etc. 



Attest : 

Jud- 

Clerk of Election. 
Remarks. — Election boards will vary the tally list and certificate 1" suit the nature 
of the election. If it be for the election of officers at an annual election, the Dame 
of each person voted for must be entered on the tally list, and a tally of the \ 
cast for him must be placed opposite his name, if the election be for voting a special 
tax or for voting bonds, the number of votes lor and against the proposition must be 
entered on the tally list. The certificate musl simply contain a summary of the vote 
as shown by the tally list. Election boards are chosen by the electors. The school 



jgj, CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 

district officers, or any part of them, may be chosen as an election board. The poll 
book and other papers should be delivered to the county superintendent. 

OATH OF JUDGES OF ELECTION. 

State of Washington, County of , ss. 

We and do solemnly swear that we 

will, as judges of an election to be held in and for School District No of 

county, on this day of 19 .... , duly attend said 

election during its continuance ; that we will not receive any vote or ballot from any 
person other than such as we firmly believe to be duly qualified voters at said election, 
according to law ; that we will make a true and perfect return of said election, and 
will in all things faithfully and impartially discharge our duties as judges of said 
election to the best of our judgment and ability ; and that we are not directly or in- 
directly interested in any bet or wager on the result of said election. So help us God. 



Judges. 
Subscribed and sworn to this day of 10. . . . 



[Here state official character of officer administering oath.] 
OATH OF CLERK OF ELECTION. 



State of Washington, County of ss. 

I, , do solemnly swear that I will, as clerk of an election to 

be held in and for School District No , county of State of Wash- 
ington, on this day of 19. . . ., duly attend said election during 

its continuance ; that I will record on the poll book of said election the name of each 
person voting thereat, and faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of clerk of 
said election, and that I am not directly or indirectly interested in any bet or wager 
on the result of said election. So help me God. 



Clerk of Election. 
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 19. . . . 



[Here state official character of officer administering the oath. A director may 
administer' it.] 



Form No. 30. 

Certificate of Bond Election. 

State of Washington, County of , ss. 

To the Treasurer of County. Washington : 

We, the undersigned, directors of School District No , of county, 

State of Washington, do hereby certify that at an election held in said school district 
on the day of , 19 .... , it was voted that the bonds of said dis- 
trict shall be issued by the directors thereof in the sum of dollars, payable 

years after date, with interest at the rate of per cent, per annum, 

payable annually; *and we further certify that the board of said directors of 

said district reserves the right to redeem said bonds as follows, viz. : 



Witness our hands this day of , 19. . 



Attest : . Directors 

, Clerk. 

*The people determine, at the election, the maximum time the bonds are to run. If 
the directors reserve the right to pay the bonds or any portion of them prior to that 
date, they shall specify such intention in their certificate to the county treasurer, to 
guide him in his advertisement ; if the directors do not reserve such right, this clause 
may be omitted from their certificate to treasurer. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 1§5 



Form No. 31. 

Report of County Superintendent to County Treasurer of School District 

Officers Elected or Qualified. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 32. 

Report of County Superintendent to County Treasurer of the Appointment of 

a School District Officer. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 33. 
Teacher's Register. 



[Not printed with laws.] 



Fokm No. 34. 

Teacher's Contract. 

To Superintendent of Schools : 

The following contract has Ween mad' in accordance with the action of the board 
of directors as found in the minutes of the meeting of day of '19. . . . : 

TEACHER'S CONTRACT. 

It is hereby agreed, by and between the directors of School District No 

county of Stale of Washington, and the holder of a 

teacher's certificate now in force in said county, that said teacher Is to teach, govern 
and conduct the public school of said district to the besl of h... ability, follow the 
course of study lawfully adopted, keep a register of the daily attendance pupil 

attending said school, make all reports required by law or by lawful authority, and 
endeavor to preserve in good condition the school house, grounds, furniture, apparatus 
and such other property of the district as may come under the Immediate supervision 

of said teacher, for a term of school months, commencing on the day 

c ,f 19 for the sum of dollars per month, to be paid at the 

end of each school month, out of the funds of said school district, upon a warrant 

drawn by the directors of said school district and payable by th mnty treasurer: 

Provided, That if said teacher shall be legally dismissed I, or shall have h. .. 

certificate lawfully annulled by expiration or otherwise, then said teacher shall not be 
entitled to compensation from and after such dismissal or annullment : Provided further, 

That the wages of said teacher for the last month of the school term shall not 1 

unless said teacher shall have made the reports hereinbefore mentioned. 

And the directors of said school district hereby agree to keep the bcuooI house in 
good repair, to provide school register, fuel ami other necessary supplies for the 
comfort of the school. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto subscribed our names this da: ol 



., 19. 



1 ichor. 



Attest: , Clerk. 

Recorded on page ,,r i;,-e.,rd of Coni 



rlntendent S 

Note.— This contract must be mad.. In duplicate, and mailed to the county su- 



13g CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

perintendent of common schools, who shall, if it be legal, countersign the same and 
mail one copy to the district clerk and one to the teacher. 



Form No. 35. 
Teacher's Annual or Term Report to County Superintendent or District Clerk. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 36. 
Common School (Eighth Grade) Diplomas. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Fokm No. 37. 

Teacher's Temporary Certificate. 
[Not printed with laws.] 

Form No. 38. 

Teacher's Special Certificate. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 39. 
County Superintendent's Certificate That All Reports Have Been Made. 

Office of Superintendent of Schools County, Washington. 

19.... 

To the Board of Directors of School District No , County, Washington : 

I hereby certify that , clerk of School District No , has made all 

reports due from said district, to the county superintendent, for the quarter last past, 
including the following : 



County Superintendent. 
Remarks. — This certificate is required to be made out and forwarded on or before 
the last Saturday of January, April, July and October of each year, to all clerks who 
have made all reports required by law, and the board of directors is forbidden to audit 
any account or issue any warrant for services performed by any clerk until this cer- 
tificate is filed with them. 



Form No. 40. 

Notice of Appeal to State Board of Education. 
To the Secretary of the State Board of Education : 

You are hereby notified that the undersigned, feeling aggrieved by the action of 
the Superintendent of Public Instruction, does hereby appeal from the decision of 
said Superintendent and respectfully ask that you take such action in the matter as 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 137 

will redress the grievance hereinafter set forth. The action complained of is: [Here 
state fully and clearly the action complained of.] 
State of Washington, County of ss. 

I do solemnly swear that the above and foregoing statement is 

true. So help me God. 

(Signed 1 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this dav of 19 ... . 



[Here state official character of officer administering oath.] 
Remarks. — All appeals must be taken within thirty days after the act. order or 
decision complained of. 



Form No. 41. 

Notice of Appeal to Superintendent of Public Instruction. 
To the Superintendent of Public Instruction of Washington : 

You are hereby notified that the undersigned, feeling aggrieved by the action of 

the county superintendent of county. State of Washington, does hereby 

appeal from the decision of said and respectfully ask that you take such 

action in the matter as will redress the grievance hereinafter set forth. The action 

complained of is as follows, viz : [Here state fully and clearly the action complained 

of.] 

State of Washington, County of ss. 

I , do solemnly swear that the above and foregoing statement is true. 

So help me God. 

(Signed) 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 19. . . . 



[Here state official character of officer administering oath.] 
Remarks. — All appeals must be taken within thirty days after the act, order or 
decision complained of. 

Form No. 42. 

Appeal to County Superintendent. 
To the Superintendent of Schools County. Washington : 

You are hereby notified that the undersigned, feeling aggrieved by the action of 

the board of directors of School District No of county. State of 

Washington, does hereby appeal from the decision of said board, and respectfully ask 
that you take such action as will redress the grievance hereinafter set forth. The 
action complained of is as follows, viz. : [Here state clearly and fully the action com- 
plained of.] 
State of Washington. County of - 

I, do solemnly swear that the above and foregoing statement Is true. 

So help me God. 

I Signed) 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19..., 



[Here state official character of officer administering oath.] 

Remarks. — All appeals must be taken within thirty days after the act, order or 

decision complained of. 

l'oitM No. IS. 

Report of Finos Collected bj Clerks of Courts and Justices of the Peace. 

To the Superintendent of Schools County, Washington: 

You are hereby notified that the sum of $ has been collected by me during 

the quarter beglrining on the flrsl day of 19 m ''»"* for breach .if 



238 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

penal laws of the State of Washington, and that said money has been turned over to 
the county treasurer to be placed to the credit of the proper school fund. 

Dated this day of 19 ... . 

Remarks. — Clerks of courts and justices of the peace are required to make this 
report quarterly. 



Form No. 44. 

School District Officer's Signature. 

Auditor of County, Washington : 

Sir : My signature, herewith transmitted for filing in your office, is in the form in 
which it will hereafter appear when attached to warrants drawn by the officers of this 
school district during my term of office. Said term is for year. . ., be- 
ginning on the day of , 19 ... . 

(Signed) 

* Director-Clerk of School District No County, Washington. 

I hereby certify that the within signature of M is genuine, and 

that he is a of School District No 

(Signed) 

*Director-Clerk of School District No , County, Washington. 

♦Erase "Director" or "Clerk," as the case may require. 



Form No. 45. 

Application to Raise Grade of Certificate. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 46. 
Application for Common School Certificate, Based on State Certificate, (B). 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 47. 

Application for Common School Certificate, Based on Normal School Diploma, 

etc., (C). 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 48. 
Map of School District. 



[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 49. 

Report of Teachers' Examination. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 50. 
Code of Public Instruction. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 139 



Form No. 51 . 

Biennial Report of Superintendent of Public Instruction 



Form No. 52. 

Requisition Blank. 



[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 53. 

Certificate of Formation of Consolidated .District. 



[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 54. 

Notice of District Clerk Claiming Attendance. 

To the Clerk of School District No County. Washington : 

You are hereby notified that the public school of this district opened on the 

day of 19 that it will close on the day of 

19 , and that all branches will be taught up to and including those 

of the 8th grade; that this district will claim the attendance of such resident pupils 
of this district, up to and including those pursuing 8th grade studies, as may attend 
your school during the time this school is in session. The names of the pupils who 
reside in this school district and are now attending your school are as follows : 

" At the' close of your school, or on or before June 30th, 10 you will plei 

certify to the clerk of this district the whole number of days' attendance that pupils 
of this district have attended your school during the time this school has been in 

session. 

(Signed) 

Clerk of School District No 

county. Washington. 

Xote.— At the time this notice is served on the .list. -in clerk a copy of it must be 
filed with the county superintendent. 



Form No. 55. 

Certificate of Attendance. 

To the Clerk of School District No County, Washington : 

You are hereby notified that the following named pupils have attended our school 

between the . . .. day of '" «nd the day oi 

# 19 ; that Hm\ are entitled to attendance In your school during such 

time, and that the total attendance during such time was days. 

(Signed) 

Note.— Accredited attendance .anno, be allowed from a bus 1 chool. 

or any other school whose cour t study does not parallel the course of study In the 

common school up to and Including the Bth grade. 



140 CODE OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 

Form No. 56. 

Notice of Money Received by County Superintendent for Teachers' Registers 

and Clerk's Record Books. 
[Not printed with laws.] 



Form No. 57. 
Certificate of Election of Clerk and Chairman. 

To the Superintendent of Schools County, Washington : 

You are hereby notified that at a meeting of the board of directors of School District 

No of said county, held on the day of , 19 .... , M . . . . 

, whose P. O. address is , was duly 

elected chairman of the board, for a period of one year, and that M 

whose P. O. address is was elected clerk of the board for 

a period of one year. 

(Signed) 

Clerk of School District No 

Note. — The new board should meet and organize by the election of a chairman and 
clerk, on the fourth Monday next succeeding the annual school election at two o'clock 
p. m., and this report should be made within ten days thereafter. 



Form No. 58 A. 

Excuse of Child From Attendance at School. 
To Whom It May Concern : 

All parties are hereby notified that , whose age is 

years, and whose residence is , of county. State 

of Washington, is hereby excused from attendance at school for a period of 

months from and after this date, for the following reason, viz. : 



Dated at Washington, this day of , 19 . . 

(Signed) 

Superintendent. 



Form No. 58B. 

Excuse of Child From Attendance at School. 
To Whom It May Concern : 

All parties are hereby notified that , whose age is 

years, and whose residence is , of county, 

State of Washington, is hereby excused from attendance at school for a period of 
months from and after this date, for the following reasons, viz. : 



and that any person or corporation, except telephone, telegraph and messenger com- 
panies in any city of the first class, is at liberty to employ the above named child during 
the period for which he is excused from attendance at school, as above indicated, pro- 
vided this permit has been countersigned by a Judge of the Superior Court. 

Dated at , Washington, this day of , 19 

(Signed) > 

Countersigned : Superintendent. 
, Judge of Superior Court. 



STATE OF WASHINGTON. 141 

Form No. 67. 

Affidavit of Clerk — Compulsory School Law. 

State of Washington, County of ss. 

I, Clerk of School District No County, do solemnly swear that 

the provisions of the Compulsory School Law have been faithfully complied 

with in this district. So help me God. 



Clerk School District No County. 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 ... . 



School Director for District No County. 



INDEX 



APPEALS— Par. Page 

Affidavit shall be basis of appeal 380 103 

Decisions to bo tinal ;iS!i 104 

Decisions to be made record in full 300 104 

Decisions shall be certified to county assessor 391 104 

From order of school officer or board 384 103 

The hearing ::ss mi 

To state board of education, when 337 9] 

To state superintendent, when :;:;7 91 

Transcript and notices 3S7 103 

Where taken ". 383 103 

APPORTIONMENT OF FUNDS — 

Apportionment by superintendent of public instruction 243 <",7 

Apportionment by county superintendent 253 GO 

Apportionment based on days' attendance 244 07 

Apportionment withheld, when 255 C9 

Apportionment on total days' attendance 24." 67 

Attendance, 2.000 days' 245 67 

Attendance, to pupil's home district 246 67 

Attendance, clerk may demand 247 68 

Attendance, shall be reported 24S 68 

Attendance in high schools 249 68 

Attendance in parental schools 250 68 

Attendance in schools for defectives 25< I r,s 

Attendance at night school 25 1 GS 

Attendance, credited when 254 60 

Consolidated districts to receive bonus 126 38 

High school grades to receive bonus 252 6S 

Tuition, high schools 240 68 

AUDITOR, STATE— 

Member of state board of finance 445 116 

Must certify funds to bo apportioned 2S2 75 

AUDITOR, COUNTY— 

Duties restricted to districts of third class 233 6 l 

Shall draw warrants for registers, etc. (IOi 157 47 

Shall certify alteration of boundaries 152 44 

Shall place name on ticket, when 156 45 

Shall audit accounts of districts 234 64 

Shall countersign and register warrants 235 65 

Shall register warrants of qualified teachers 236 65 

Signatures, shall keep on file 173 50 

Warrants for maps, charts, etc 237 65 

Wurranl for last month of teacher's salary 238 65 

<<>mmissioxi:i;s. cor.vi'Y 

May levy lax to establish circulating library 274 

Must levy tax to pay Interest on bonds 294 IB 

May levy tax for sinking fund 7v 

Shall levy county school tax • 283 7.". 

Shall provide countj super In tendenl with office and supplies 160 47 

Shall levy taxes to pay Indebtedness ' ,:: • <l " 

Shall deliver estimated funds to superintendent 268 '•< 

Shall pay traveling expenses, when ~ s 29 

Shall pay expenses If parents are unable B6 

Shall fill vacancies ,:, > ** 



444 INDEX. 



BOARD OF EDUCATION, COUNTY— Par. Page 

Board to consist of five members 240 66 

County superintendent ex-officio chairman -40 66 

Certificates, members must hold 241 67 

Compensation of members 241 67 

Duties of board 242 67 

May adopt supplementary books 269 72 

Shall grade manuscripts of eighth grade pupils 242 67 

Shall assist county superintendent 242 67 

Shall advertise for bids 269 72 

Shall select books 269 72 

BOARD OF EDUCATION, STATE— 

Appointment and tenure of office 7 12 

Annual meeting 10 12 

Certified copies of proceedings 9 12 

Duties of .■ 9 12 

First. Shall approve entrance requirements. . 11 13 

Second. Shall approve certain courses 11 13 

Third. Shall prepare accredited list of higher institutions 11 13 

Fourth. Shall prepare accredited list of state certificates and life 

diplomas 11 13 

Fifth. Shall examine and accredit secondary schools 11 13 

Sixth. Shall accredit' normal departments 11 13 

Seventh. Shall prepare courses of study 11 14 

Seventh. Shall make rules and regulations 11 14 

Eighth. Shall prepare questions for examination of teachers 11 14 

Ninth. Shall prepare answers to questions 11 14 

Tenth. Shall prepare questions for grammar school examinations. 11 14 

Eleventh. Shall hear and decide appeals 11 14 

Ex-offlcio president 8 12 

Expenses of board 10 12 

High school extension 408 108 

High school extension certificates 410 109 

High school extension questions 409 109 

Secretary . . r i '■ 1- 

Shall harmonize public school system 12 14 

Shall adopt seal 13 14 

Shall prepare list of optional subjects 318 85 

BOiNDS — 

Bids to be opened, by whom 291 77 

Bidders, except state of Washington, to deposit forfeit 291 77 

Bonds to be printed or lithographed 297 79 

Bonds may be refunded, how 298 79 

Bonds may be refunded, when 299 80 

Bonds are to be paid, how 302 80 

Districts may issue for certain purposes 288 76 

Expenses, incidental, how paid 301 80 

Interest, rate not to exceed 6 per cent 28S 

Interest, commissioners must levy 294 

Interest to be paid by county treasurer 290 79 

Issue must be authorized by vote of people 2S9 76 

Joint district to belong where school house is located 293 

Joint districts, both counties must levy 295 79 

Notice of sale to be published 290 77 

Owners to notify county treasurer of ownership 300 80 

Owners to be notified of redemption 300 80 

Registered by county treasurer 29 ° 

Sinking fund 294 78 

Sinking funds may be invested 294 

Unpaid bonds not a bar to subdivision 1° 6 

9Q9 ■7Q 

Warrants may be exchanged for bonds ^»- <° 



INDEX [45 



BOOKS — (See Text Books, also Circulating Libraries). 

CENSUS, SCHOOL DISTRICT— /> ar . Page 

How taken in districts of the first class 192 55 

Shall not include certain Indian children 223 62 

Shall include, what 223 62 

When and by whom taken 223 62 

CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS — 

Appeal, right of 337 91 

Applicants must be IS years of age 314 85 

Applicants must give evidence of good character 315 85 

Causes for revocation 335 91 

Certificates and diplomas formerly issued not invalidated 311 84 

Certificates to be issued, by whom 312 84 

Certificates must be registered 321 86 

Certificates may be revoked 335 91 

Classification of certificates and diplomas 324 86 

First. Third grade certificates 325 87 

Second. Second grade certificates 325 87 

Third. First grade primary certificates 325 87 

Fourth. First grade certificates 325 88 

Fifth. Professional certificates 325 88 

Sixth. Permanent first grade primary certificates 325 88 

Sixth. Permanent first grade certificates.- 325 88 

Sixth. Permanent professional certificates 325 88 

Seventh. Life certificates 325 88 

Evidence of successful experience 317 85 

Fee for any certificate or diploma 313 84 

Fee shall be transmitted to whom 313 84 

Holders of certificates may write at any examination 316 85 

Holder of a revoked certificate ineligible to receive another for twelve 

months 336 91 

Qualifications of applicants for temporary certificates 333 90 

Renewals of certificates, how granted 319 85 

Standings of 90 per cent, or over 316 85 

Standings must be placed on certificate 320 85 

State board to prepare list of optional subjects 318 85 

Special certificates may be issued 334 91 

Subjects for which special certificates may be issued 334 91 

Temporary certificates may be issued 333 90 

Time for which special certificates may be valid 334 91 

CERTIFICATION IN DISTRICTS EMPLOYING 100 TEACHERS— 

Additional branches for high school certificates 329 90 

Applicants for special certificates to pass examination 331 90 

Board of examiners 326 88 

Branches for examination ::l's 89 

Certain teachers exempt from city examination 380 90 

Date of examination 326 88 

Powers of board 326 88 

First. Shall adopt rules and regulations 326 ss 

Second. Shall prepare questions and conduct examinations '■'■-'', B9 

Second. Kinds of certificates 826 89 

Third. To recommond renewal of certificates 826 B9 

Qualifications of applicants 827 

Teachers of certain subji ta to be granted special certificates •"■•"<» 90 

CHILD LABOR — 

Child labor forbidden 448 LIS 

Termits may be issued 448 1 I •"> 

Penalty 144 in; 

Regulations governing 393 L06 

—10 



146 INDEX. 



CIRCULATING LIBRARIES— Par. Page 

Books shall be recommended by whom 277 73 

County superintendent may establish 273 73 

County commissioners may levy tax 274 73 

County superintendent to certify bills 275 73 

County superintendent to purchase books and enforce rules 27S 73 

Funds must be in treasury before books are bought 276 73 

CLERKS— SCHOOL DISTRICT— 

Duties of district clerk 223 62 

First. To attend meetings and keep records 223 62 

Second. To keep accounts and present records for inspection 223 62 

Third. To take school census in May 223 62 

Fourth. To report to county superintendent 223 62 

Fifth. To carry out orders of board 223 62 

Fifth. To keep record of expenses 223 62 

Sixth. To give notice of meetings and elections 223 62 

Seventh. To report name of teacher to county superintendent. . . . 223 63 

Eighth. To sign warrants 223 63 

Eighth. To report warrants drawn to county treasurer 223 63 

Compensation of clerk 224 63 

Must have certificate that reports have been made 224 63 

Shall report changes in organization of board 222 61 

Penalty for false report 400 106 

COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE— 

Age of pupils 392 104 

Attendance demanded 392 104 

Attendance officers to be appointed 395 105 

Attendance officer may enter stores, mills and shops 395 105 

Clerk to furnish teacher copy of school census 397 106 

Concurrent jurisdiction 398 106 

County attorney to prosecute cases 399 106 

County superintendent shall print circulars 400 106 

Fines * 402 107 

May arrest without warrant 396 106 

Must attend full time school is in session 392 104 

Officers not liable for costs 403 107 

Pupils shall not be employed during school hours 393 105 

Pupils may be excused 393 105 

Penalty 394 105 

Penalty for failure to enforce law 401 107 

CONTAGIOUS DISEASES— 

Other contagious or infectious diseases 92 31 

Pulmonary tuberculosis 92 31 

Smallpox, varioloid, scarlet fever, diphtheria 92 31 

Teachers, pupils and janitors excluded, when 92 31 

Whooping cough, chicken pox, measles 92 31 

CONTRACTS — 

Directors to have no pecuniary interest in '. . 169 50 

Certain teachers to have contracts 163 48 

Regulations regarding 163 48 

CONVENTION, COUNTY SUPERINTENDENTS— 

County superintendents must attend 5 9 

To be held annually • 5 9 

To receive actual traveling expenses 161 47 

COUNTY AUDITOR — (See Auditor, County). 

COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION — (See Boards of Education). 

COUNTY CIRCULATING LIBRARIES — (See Circulating Libraries). 



INDEX. i j; 



COUNTY SUPERINTENDENTS— Par. Page 

Auditor to place name ou ticket, when 156 15 

Clerical assistance in certain counties i :, i 44 

Eligibility l :,r, 1 ;. 

Election and tenure 1 5 1 44 

May appoint deputy 154 44 

Powers and duties 157 45 

First. Shall supervise schools 157 45 

Second. Shall visit schools 157 45 

Third. Shall distribute blanks, circulars, etc 157 45 

Fourth. Shall enforce course of study 157 45 

Fifth. Shall prepare outline course of study 157 45 

Sixth. Shall keep on file biennial report 157 45 

Seventh. Shall keep record of official acts ] r. 7 45 

Eighth. Shall preserve reports of school officers 157 45 

Ninth. Shall administer oaths • 157 45 

Tenth. Shall keep record of contracts to teach 157 46 

Eleventh. Shall make annual report 157 46 

Twelfth. Shall keep transcripts and harmonize boundaries 157 46 

Thirteenth. Shall appoint officers to fill vacancies 157 46 

Fourteenth. Shall apportion school funds 157 46 

Fifteenth. Shall grant temporary certificates and conduct examina- 
tions 1T.7 46 

Fifteenth. Shall give notice of examination of teachers 157 46 

Sixteenth. Shall hold teachers' institutes 157 46 

Seventeenth. Shall hold directors' meetings annually 157 47 

Eighteenth. Shall suspend a teacher against whom charges are filed 157 47 

Nineteenth. Shall furnish registers and clerk's books to districts. . 157 47 

Shall deduct 25 per cent, of apportionment, when 381 1012 

Shall require reports to be made promptly 15S 47 

Shall require oaths of office to be filed 15S 47 

Shall post notice of office days 159 4 7 

Shall print circulars of information 160 4 7 

Shall receive actual traveling expenses 161 it 

Shall require evidence of moral character 315 85 

Shall approve orders for apparatus 237 65 

Shall file school census with county auditor, when 284 7.". 

Shall apportion funds within ten days. -•".:; 69 

Shall apportion county funds : 2S5 75 

Shall withhold funds, when 255 69 

Shall attend county superintendents' convention 5 9 

Shall notify county auditor, when 238 65 

Shall inform district officers 400 106 

• Shall approve plans for buildings 175 51 

Shall examine records of districts of tirsi class 189 53 

COUNTY TREASURER— 

To !"• ex-offlcio treasurer of school districts 239 65 

I >u1 Les 239 65 

First, shall bold moneys belonging to districts -■'•'■> >'•'■ 

Second. Shall reporl quarterly t«> whom, what --;:i 65 

Third, shall report annually to whom, what 239 ''■•"' 

Fourth, shall keep register <>( warrants 239 66 

Fourth, shall pay wan-ants in order of presentation 239 ''■'• 

Fourth. Shall advertise warrants quarterly 239 66 

Fifth, shall report monthly t>> secretaries ami clerks 239 66 

Sixth. Shall submit state QtS "i Cai lied warrant- '-'■".■■' 66 

Seventh, shall remll certain Funds to state treasurer '-' : '■'■ , 66 

Shall transmit Funds to <tat. treasurer 282 76 

Shall advertise scl 1 bonds tor Bale 290 77 

Shall canvass bids tor bonds "-"•" " 

Shall deliver bonds to purchaser 291 77 

Shall pay interest on bonds 296 79 

Shall cancel bonds 302 



148 



INDEX. 



COURSE OF STUDY— Par. Page 

Teachers shall enforce • 228 64 

State board shall prepare 11 13 

DECISIONS BY SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION— 

Census to include married persons, when 10 122 

Certificates, revocation of must be declared 12 123 

Contract to teach does not include janitor work 13 123 

Contracts must be in accordance with the law 5 122 

Child not to be employed by board, unless 9 122 

County superintendent has limited judiciary powers 1 121 

Directors, terms of office in new district 3 122 

Directors, terms of, appointed 4 122 

Directors do not hold over 4 122 

Directors cannot dismiss teacher because unpopular 5 122 

Directors must make contract in accordance with law 5 122 

Directors to make rules 8 122 

Directors to transact business as a board 8 122 

District is fully organized, when 2 122 

Janitor work not required of teacher 13 123 

Law, spirit of, in regard to school house 6 122 

Minor not to be employed 9 122 

Notice of clerk is not a notice to public 11 123 

Notice, failure to give, does not invalidate proceedings 11 123 

Officers of new district, term of 3 122 

Officers, appointed, term of 4 122 

Officers do not hold over •* ± — 

Officers have implied powers ? 122 

Revocation of certificate must be declared 12 123 

School house is for school purposes 6 122 

Teacher cannot be dismissed because unpopular 5 122 

Teacher not supposed to do janitor work 13 123 

Teachers must make true reports 14 123 

DISTRICT OFFICERS— 

Election and. eligibility 162 48 

Powers and duties 163 

First. To employ and, for cause, discharge teachers 1 63 48 

First. To make contracts with teachers 163 48 

Second. To enforce rules, regulations, course of study 163 48 

Third. To manage school property and employ laborers 163 48 

Fourth. To cause school houses to be kept in good condition 163 48 

Fifth. To purchase personal property and lease real estate 163 48 

Sixth. To expel pupils and exclude children under six years of age. 163 48 

Seventh. To provide free text-books 163 48 

Eighth. To require pupils to be furnished with supplies 163 48 

Ninth. To exclude certain books from libraries 163 48 

Tenth. To authorize the use of school rooms for certain purposes. . 163 48 

Eleventh. To provide transportation for pupils 163 49 

Adults may be permitted to attend I 66 49 

Apportionment, shall lose 25 per cent., when 381 102 

By-laws may be made 167 49 

Custody of property of district • ^8 49 

Compensation, clerk may receive 169 ^° 

Course of study shall be enforced 3 ^4 101 

Certificates required for full time of contract 229 64 

Debts, districts liable ' .• ^ 49 

Flag, shall furnish ^ 4 * 

Indebtedness j^ ^ 

May administer oaths j ' 

May condemn land 

Oath of office shall be taken 11 -' ™* 

Pecuniary interest 

Records shall be delivered to successor 171 



INDEX. 149 



DISTRICT OFFICERS— Continued. Par. Page 

Signatures shall be filed 173 50 

Salary of teacher may be withheld U27 63 

Tuition may be charged certain pupils 1G0 49 

Tuition, shall not charge when 249 68 

Written order, employ teacher by lii".i 64 

DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS OF FIRST CLASS— 

Five members, how elected 170 51 

Annual election 177 51 

Attendance may be forced 188 53 

Accounts shall be audited 189 53 

Ballots 176 51 

Bond shall be given by secretary 183 52 

Board may issue one general certificate ISO 53 

Board shall fill vacancies 187 53 

Contracts necessary, when 189 53 

Census shall be taken 1!)2 55 

Duties of president 180 52 

Duties of vice-president 1S1 52 

Duties of secretary 182 52 

Election of officers, how 1 7!> 52 

Estimate of expenses shall be made 435 114 

Funds needed shall be estimated 194 56 

Meetings, regular and special 1S4 52 

Money to be paid out upon warrants 186 53 

Notices for bids shall be published 190 53 

Notices to taxpayers shall be published 436 114 

Organization of board 178 51 

Office shall be maintained 1S5 52 

Property may be sold 193 55 

Penalty 438 115 

Records shall be examined 189 53 

Shall take oath of office 178 51 

Secretary shall be elected 178 51 

Tenure of office 176 51 

Term begins, when 17S 51 

Tax levy not to exceed 2 per cent, annually 194 56 

Taxpayers shall be heard 437 114 

Taxes, amount shall be decided 1-7 114 

Powers of board 101 54 

First. To employ a superintendent 191 5 i 

Second. To prescribe a course of study 191 54 

Third. To make by-laws 103 54 

Fourth. To adopt and enforce rules and regulations 191 54 

Fifth. To employ teachers, janitors 191 54 

Sixth. To employ attorneys 191 54 

Seventh. To employ assistant superintendents 191 5 I 

Eighth. To employ supervisors 191 54 

Ninth. To maintain a shop and repair department 191 54 

Tenth. To provide free text books, when 191 54 

Tenth. To provide books for children of Indigent parenl i 193 54 

Eleventh. To require successful vaccination L93 

Twelfth. To require officers and employes to give bond 193 

Thirteenth. To prohibit secret fraternities In schools 193 

Fourteenth. To appoint a medical inspector 193 

DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS OF THE SECOND CLASS 

Act shall be printed ' n llr ' 

Board to consist of three member ' '"'• •'" 

Clerk may or may not be member of board 200 51 

Election and tenure 

Election, date of :,: 

Election of clerk : ' ' 



150 INDEX. 



DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS OF THE SECOND CLASS— Continued. Par. Page 

Estimates shall be made 435 114 

Meetings, regular and special 201 57 

Minimum term shall be six months 207 59 

Notices shall be published 436 114 

Oath of office 199 57 

Organization of board, when 200 57 

Penalty 438 115 

Special powers and duties of board 202 58 

Shall estimate amount of funds needed annually 203 58 

Shall build schoolhouses, etc 204 58 

School site, may be changed, how 204 58 

Superintendent or principal shall be elected 206 59 

Taxes, amount shall be decided 437 114 

Taxpayers shall be heard 437 114 

Term of clerk to begin, when 200 57 

Teachers to be employed, when 205 58 

Term begins, when 200 57 

Vacancies, how filled 19S 57 

DIRECTORS— DISTRICTS OF THE THIRD CLASS— 

Board to consist of three members 208 59 

Duties of principal or superintendent 217 60 

Election and tenure 208 59 

Election, when held 209 59 

Estimates shall be made 219 61 

Meetings, regular and special 213 60 

Oath of office 211 59 

Organization of board, when 212 59 

Plans must be approved 221 61 

Principal may be elected, when 215 60 

School sites may be changed, how 220 61 

Shall build school houses, etc 220 61 

Special duties of board 214 60 

Superintendent may be elected, when 216 60 

Teachers may be employed, when , 218 60 

Term begins, when 212 59 

Term of clerk begins, when 212 59 

Vacancies, how filled 210 59 

ELECTIONS— GENERAL — 

Ballots 341 92 

Challenges 342 93 

Counting the ballots 343 93 

Clerk shall forward poll sheet 343 93 

Certificate of election 344 93 

County superintendents 154 44 

Directors in districts of first class 177 51 

Directors in districts of second class 197 57 

Directors in districts of third class 209 59 

Notice of time and place . 339 

Oaths of election officers 340 92 

Polls open and close, when 339 92 

Qualifications of electors ■ 342 93 

Superintendent of public instruction 3 

Tie vote, how settled 344 



o 



93 



ELECTIONS— IN DISTRICTS OF FIRST CLASS— 

Board of directors to receive returns 353 95 

Board of directors to certify result 353 95 

Notices 348 94 

Opening and closing of polls 349 95 

Places of holding elections 350 95 

Registration books 352 95 

Registered persons shall vote 351 

When held 348 94 



INDEX. 15] 



ELECTORS— Par. Pap< 

Qualifications of 342 93 

ELIGIBILITY— 

Assistant state superintendent 6 11 

heputy slat.' superintendent 6 11 

County superintendent L55 15 

Directors 1 iiij IS 

Members of county board of educal Ion i' 1 1 <;7 

Superintendent school for deaf and blind 74 28 

Teachers 225 63 

Teachers ot kindergarten schools : Ill LOO 

EXAM I NATIONS— TEACHERS — 

Applicants may teach until when :;ii - J 80 

Manuscripts to be forwarded 323 8G 

Manuscripts to 1"' kepi on file 323 86 

When held 322 8G 

EXAMINATIONS— GRAMMAR SCHOOL — 

Assistant examiners 40." 10S; 

Dates to be fixed 404 107 

Certificates to be granted 404 1 07 

Manuscripts to be examined 405 108 

Names to be reported I ' >7 108 

Questions to be prepared H0i ll 14 

Questions to be used 406 108 

Reading, special course 406 l" x 

EXAMINATIONS— HIGH SCHOOL EXTENSION— 

Course to be outlined 40S 108 

Certificates to be granted 410 109 

Examinations; where and when held 408 108 

Manuscripts to be graded 409 109 

Questions to be prepared 409 109 

Questions to be distributed 400 109 

GRAMMAR SCHOOL EXAMINATION— (See Examinations). 

[NSTITUTES COUNTY— 

Date to be determined 260 7" 

District credited with attendance 261 70 

Kxamination fees 262 70 

Expenses to be est [mated 263 70 

Institute to be held, when 260 70 

Joint institutes 257 60 

Must be held 256 69 

Tea.-liers must attend 258 70 

Teachers to be paid for attendai 260 70 

Three days must be consecutive 256 6fl 

Two days may be used otherwise 256 69 

Vouchers shall be filed 264 70 

When school is in session 261 •" 

IXSTITCTKS CITY— 

Districts employing more than 100 teachers 259 70 

Regulations same as county 259 

INTOXICATING LIQUORS— 

Prohibiting sale of, where '•"■" 

Penalty Cor sale of i::l n:: 

INTEREST. LEGAL RATE— 

Bonds not to exceed, whai ' 

Issuing officer to regulate '■'" 

w arrant rales not to exceed, what 



152 INDEX. 



KINDERGARTENS— Par. Page 

May be established and maintained 411 109 

Must be authorized by three-hfths vote 411 109 

Must be maintained by special funds 413 109 

Part of public school system 412 109 

Qualifications of teachers 414 109 

MEETINGS — (See Special Meetings). 

NORMAL SCHOOLS— (See State Normal Schools). 

OPINIONS OF ATTORNEY GENERAL — 

Action may be maintained, when 7 118 

Apportionment, basis of 12 119 

Apportionment, cannot be made, when 51 121 

Attendance in private school, apportionment for, when 22 119 

Attendance above the eighth grade 50 121 

Appeals by school district 46 121 

Bonds, interest on must not be greater than 6 per cent 23 120 

Census to include children on military reservations 3 118 

Certificates may be revoked 40 121 

Children under six may be refused admittance to school 11 119 

Census must be taken annually 45 121 

Cities extending limits — status of school officers of districts taken in. . . . 5 118 

Consolidated districts — not in two counties 37 120 

Consolidation of school districts 41 121 

County superintendent to use his discretion in forming new districts. ... 2 118 

County superintendent is auditor of institute expenses 13 119 

County superintendent not to divide special funds of old district 14 119 

County superintendent cannot be clerk 18 119 

County superintendent his own purchasing agent 20 119 

County superintendent may issue circular 21 119 

County superintendent may stop payment of warrants, when 26 120 

Dancing, school house not to be used for 19 119 

Director cannot serve as janitor , 24 120 

Directors may subscribe for state school journal 39 120 

Directors ma/ refuse to admit cnildren under six 12 119 

Directors have not power to buy site 48 121 

Electors to determine, what 29 120 

Eighth grade graduates may review 34 120 

Funds, basis of division 10 119 

Head of family defined 1 118 

High school, directors not required to establish, when 16 119 

Insurance of school property 31 120 

Kindergarten, to be supported by special funds 17 119 

Lapse of certificate does not forfeit election of county superintendent. . . 44 121 

Officers may be removed for neglect of duty 7 118 

Petition for consolidated district 28 120 

Power to accept resignations 35 120 

Punishment, teacher has no right, when 47 121 

Religious instruction, reading Bible is 6 118 

State fund cannot be used for permanent improvements 25 120 

Site in consolidated district 36 120 

School board cannot sell books 42 121 

School board, indebtedness 49 121 

School house not to be used for dancing 19 119 

Territory not liable for bonded indebtedness, when 32 120 

Teacher entitled to wages during quarantine 9 118 

• Teacher cannot be clerk 18 119 

Teacher to determine grades of pupils 15 119 

Teacher's wages not to stop on account of contagious diseases 9 118 

Teacher not disqualified because related to member of board 4 118 

Transportation of pupils 30 120 

Union high school districts 38 120 



index. ir,:; 



OPINIONS OF ATTORNEY GENERAL — CONTINUED. Par. Pane 

Union high school cannot be formed by districts in different counties. . . 8 118 

Warrants must be paid on presentation after call 27 120 

Warrants paid in order of presentation 33 120 

Warrants sold at discount 43 121 

OFFICIAL RULINGS— 

Of attorney general 118 

Of superintendent of public instruction 121 

PENALTIES— 

For disclosing examination questions 3G7 99 

For failure of county superintendent to make report 30S 99 

For failure to turn over fines, etc 3G9 99 

For failure to teach hygiene 370 100 

For failure of county superintendent to enforce teaching of hygiene.... 371 100 

For failure to make clerk's report 372 100 

For failure to deliver property 373 100 

For failure of teacher to enforce course of study 374 101 

For maltreating pupils 375 101 

For non-attendance at institute 376 101 

For abusing teachers 377 101 

For disturbing school 378 101 

For false report 379 102 

For defacing property 380 102 

For failure to use adopted texts 381 102 

For false swearing 383 103 

For failure to secure approval of plans 255 69 

For employing child labor 444 116 

For neglect of duty 438 115 

For failure to comply with course of study 381 102 

For paying a teacher not legally qualified 381 102 

For failure to perform certain duties 79 29 

For neglect of certain duties 87 30 

PERMANENT SCHOOL FUNDS, INVESTMENT— 

Investment of permanent funds 448 116 

Records 446 110 

Rules and regulations 447 116 

School bonds given preference 44S 116 

State board of finance 445 116 

PRIVATE PROPERTY FOR PUBLIC USE— 

Appeal may be taken 427 112 

Appeal shall not prevent district from taking possession 42S 1 12 

Court shall determine lime of trial 410 111 

Court may determine compensation 124 112 

Court may adjourn proceedings II s 111 

Costs to be paid by school district 126 112 

District may acquire title ' ' •*■ ' '" 

Directors shall prescnl petition 416 HO 

Judgments shall be entered against school districts 125 112 

Jury shall consist of twelve persons 420 I I 1 

Jury shall determine compensation -'22 ill 

Notices shall be served • ' ■ 

School district shall be plaintiff, others defendants 429 1 12 

Ten jurors may render verdict '-.; 

Witnesses may be examined > '-'' n ' 

PRIVATE SCHOOLS— 

Attendance '-' ' ' ' ,s 

Normal departments (6) n 

REGISTRATION— DISTRICTS OF FIRST CLASS— 

Board to furnish books to secretary 

Books to be opened, when 



154 INDEX. 



REGISTRATION— DISTRICTS OF FIRST CLASS— Continued. Par. Page 

Books may be opened in convenient places 35S 96 

Challenged voter to be examined 365 98 

Clerks to return books to secretary 366 98 

Description of registration books 361 97 

May change record of registration — how 364 98 

Oath to be administered 362 97 

Qualifications for registration 359 96 

Registration only once a year 359 96 

Registration books and precincts 360 97 

Registration prima facie evidence 365 98 

Secretary of board to register voters 355 96 

Secretary to administer oaths 363 98 

Secretary to deliver registration books 366 98 

Voters shall register 354 96 

REVOCATION OF CERTIFICATES— 

By whom 335 91 

If revoked, ineligible for twelve months 336 91 

May appeal, to whom 337 91 

RULES— 

Relating to teachers . 124 

Relating to pupils 125 

SCHOOLS, COMMON — 

Administration entrusted to 2 9 

Common school defined 88 31 

English language 89 31 

Instruction in what branches 89 31 

Kindness to animals to be taught 89 31 

Minimum school term 94 32 

Manners, honesty, etc 89 31 

Non-sectarian 96 32 

Open to whom 88 31 

Pupils and teachers excluded, when 92 31 

Pupils must comply with regulations 93 32 

Pupils may be expelled 93 32 

School day and school month 90 31 

School year 91 31 

The words "he" and "she" 95 32 

Uniform system shall be maintained 1 9 

SCHOOL DISTRICTS— 

Adjustment of property 115 36 

Body corporate 105 33 

Bonds shall not prevent formation of district 106 33 

Corporate existence retained until when 120 37 

County auditor to certify alterations 152 44 

District, county 97 32 

District of first class 98 32 

District of second class 99 32 

District of third class 1°° 33 

District to contain four sections 153 44 

Disorganized territory to be held for indebtedness 151 44 

Duty of commissioners to make tax levy 113 35 

How designated 104 33 

Hearing and decision of county superintendent 109 

Incorporated cities 106 

Levy to be made by county commissioners 116 

New districts, how formed 108 

New district must open school within eight months 110 

New districts entitled to just share of funds HI 35 

One month of school required for share of funds HO 

Petition los 34 



33 
36 

34 



INDEX. l.V, 



SCHOOL DISTRICTS — Continued. Par. Page 

Property to be adjusted, new district 11- 35 

Property to be adjusted, city limits extended 118 37 

Sites may be purchased on school lands 107 31 

Superintendent to hear evidence 119 '■'•' 

Territory may be transferred, procedure 114 36 

Territory may be transferred without petition 1 5 1 44 

Testimony may be heard 1 I - 35 

When a city extends its limits 11" :; ~ 

SCHOOL DISTRICTS, CONSOLIDATED— 

Bonus, entitled to 126 3S 

t'ity directors t<> constitute board 124 38 

I teflned 101 :;:; 

Directors of consolidated district 122 38 

Funds and property of old districts 126 38 

New number for 125 38 

Old districts to retain corporate existence, when 127 39 

Organization of board 128 39 

Petition and procedure. 121 

When district is no longer entitled to bonus 123 3S 

SCHOOL DISTRICTS, JOINT — 

Appori ionment 137 41 

Defined 102 33 

Designated by number 129 39 

Directors for joint districts 132 40 

Directors to file oaths of office 133 40 

Funds to be transferred quarterly 137 41 

Map to be filed 136 40 

Notices and hearing 131 39 

Petition 1 ? '° 39 

Reports made to whom 140 41 

Taxes for indebtedness ' ■"•'■' 4 1 

Testimony to be heard— property adjusted 138 1 1 

Transfers of territory to be made, how 135 40 

Transcripts of boundaries 136 

Vacancies to be filled, how 1:;t 4 " 

SCHOOL MSTRICTK, UNION HIGH— 

Appeal, right of taxpayer 149 

Apportionments ' |s 

Board not to be re-organized, when ' '■' 

P.oundaries may be enlarged 1 '•' 

Clerk to report organization ! ' l 

Course of study 

Defined '";; 

Directors of. slmll consist of whom 14-". 



I u'stricts may w itbdraw after live years. 



Powers and duties of board 

Procedure 

Records to be kept by teachers 



12 
12 
43 

12 



150 13 

How designated 

Meeting of voters 

13 

ii 

13 



SCHOOL REVENUES— 

Annual state tax not to exceed Ave mills "81 

County treasurer to certify to state auditor 

County commissioners to levy comity school tax 288 

County superintendent to flit rtlflcate '-'\' 

County funds shall be apportioned, how 

Fines a pari Of school revenue 

28 i 7 \ 

Interest on permanent fund 

"Ml 7 1 

Losses to permanent fund 

280 • '■ 

School district t axes 



287 76 



156 INDEX. 



SCHOOL REVENUES— Continued. p ar . Page 

School district fund, how constituted 286 76 

State auditor to certify to superintendent of public instruction 282 75 

State fund, permanent, how made 270 74 

Tax levy to be certified to county auditors 282 75 

SECRETARY— 

Of state board of education 9 12 

Of districts of the first class 17S 51 

Of text-book commission 266 71 

SPECIAL MEETINGS— 

Business of meeting 340 94 

For what purpose 345 94 

How called 345 94 

Sentiment of meeting must be carried out 347 94 

Ten days' notice 346 94 

Where held 346 94 

STATE— 

Deposit not required when bidding on bonds ." 291 77 

Liable for loss to permanent school fund 280 74 

Uniform system of schools to be maintained 1 9 

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION— (See Board of Education, State). 

STATE COLLEGE— 

Agricultural experiment station 34 20 

Annual report 39 21 

Board of regents, appointment of 29 10 

Board shall grant diplomas and degrees 43 22 

Board may grant normal diplomas 43 22 

Board may grant life diplomas 43 22 

Board may employ architects 45 23' 

Bonds of regents 29 19 

By-laws 32 20 

Courses of study 27 18 

Congressional requirements assented to '. 35 21 

Construction of buildings 44 22 

Department of agriculture to be maintained 28 18 

Disbursements 40 22 

Duties of officers 31 20 

Establishment 25 17 

Ex-offlcio visitors , 26 18 

General control • . : 33 20 

Governor ex-offlcio member of board 42 22 

Laboratory work demanded 28 18 

Meetings of board of regents 36 21 

Military tactics 28 18 

No interest in contracts 41 22 

Oath of office 37 21 

Open to residents of this state 25 17 

Organization of board 30 19 

President of board of regents 31 20 

Regents' expenses 38 21 

Secretary of board 30 19 

State auditor to issue warrants 46 23 

Students must be at least 16 years of age 27 18 

Tenure of office 29 19 

Terms of admission of students 25 17 

Treasurer of board 30 19 

STATE INSTITUTION FOR FEEBLE-MINDED — 

Board may admit from other states 82 30 

Children of different afflictions to be separated 81 29 



INDEX. 1/ 



>i 



STATE IXSTITI TKiN I'lU! FEEBLE-MINI >ED— Continued. Par. Page 

Commissioners may pay traveling expenses Sl > :: " 

Duty of school district clerks to report 83 30 

Duty of county superintendent to report 84 '■'■'> 

Duty of parents and guardians s -' :;i1 

Defective children may be educated at home 85 •"•" 

Expert medical services musl be provided 81 29 

Free to residents of this state 81 29 

Penalty for failure to perform duty s " ; " 

Under direction of state board of control 80 -'•» 

STATE NORMAL SCHOOLS— 

Biennial report i;1 -'' 

Boarding houses 51 -' 1 

Conduct and expulsion of students 6 -•' 

Courses of study •" -_' 

Diplomas and certificates •'•' 25 

Establishment ^ ' -' 

Library fee may be charged ,s -'■ 

Manual training 54 25 

Meetings of trustees •_'- -[ 

Model school 

Xo tuition to be charged 



>e 



Principal's duties ■'" 

Principals' meetings 60 '-''' 

Requirements for' admission •>'■' -'■ 

Trustees, appointment 6 ° 

Trustees, no interest in contract 6- 2v 

Trustees, officers -•' 

Trustees, by-laws • *9 23 

Trustees, regular and special meetings 52 24 

Trustees, powers and duties 50 24 

First. To elect a principal '-' l 

First. To elect assistants and employes 50 2 1 

Second. To discharge, for cause, any employee 50 24 

Third. To adopt text-books 50 

Fourth. To have management of property 50 

Fifth. To audit accounts •'" - ' 

Sixth. To purchase supplies, etc 50 24 

STATE SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF AXD THE BLIND— 

Board may admit others '_ ■' 

Commissioners may pay traveling expenses 78 

Duty of school clerks to report •" 

Duty of county superintendents to report 'jj 

Duty of parents and guardians '_'_ 

Deaf or blind pupils may be educated at home 77 

Institution free to residents of this state 72 

Penalty for failure to perform duty 70 

Superintendent, qualifications 

Superintendent to appoint subordinates 

Term begins and ends, when 

Under direction of state board of control '" 

STATE TRAINING SCHOOL— ... 

Board to employ superintendent ' 

Branches to be taught in school 

Causes for commitment "1 

x — ;;; £ 

Purpose of school 

State hoard of control to have charge 

Superintendent to employ or discharge assistants 

SUPERINTENDENTS, COUNTY— (See County Superintendent). 



L58 INDEX. 



SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION— /'or. Page 

Election -and tenure 3 9 

Salary 4 9 

Duties 5 9 

First. To have supervision 5 9 

Second. Shall report biennially, to whom, what 5 10 

Second. Shall distribute reports 5 10 

Third. Shall prepare, print, distribute blanks, forms, etc 5 10 

Fourth. Shall travel 5 10 

Fifth. Shall submit statement of expenses 5 10 

Sixth. Shall have printed laws and forms 5 10 

Seventh. Ex-offlcio president state board of education 5 10 

Eighth. Shall hold annual conventions of county superintendents. . 5 10 

Ninth. Shall keep on file papers, records, etc 5 10 

Tenth. Shall require reports from educational institutions 5 11 

Eleventh. Shall keep directory of boards of regents, etc 5 11 

Twelfth. Shall issue certificates 5 11 

Thirteenth. Shall keep records in office 5 11 

Fourteenth. Shall decide points of law 5 11 

Fourteenth. Shall publish his decisions 5 11 

Fifteenth. Shall administer oaths 5 11 

Sixteenth. Shall deliver records to successor 5 11 

Seventeenth. Shall prepare State Manual 5 11 

Eighteenth. Shall make certified copies 5 11 

Nineteenth. Shall perform other lawful duties 5 11 

Assistant superintendent shall be appointed 6 11 

Deputy superintendent shall be appointed 6 11 

Stenographer and other help 6 11 

Shall apportion school funds 243 67 

Shall prepare outline course of study 269 72 

Shall keep on file evidence 317 85 

State board of education, ex-officio chairman 8 12 

TAXES— 

State tax 281 74 

County tax . . '. 283 75 

School district tax 286 76 

TEACHERS — 

Attendance of pupils excused from examination may be counted 379 102 

Copy of report must be filed 226 63 

Course of study must be enforced 228 64 

Course of study, penalty for non-enforcement 374 101 

Employed only on written order of board 229 64 

Fire drills shall be conducted 439 115 

Legal certificate, must hold 229 64 

May suspend pupils 231 64 

Must attend institute 258 70 

Not required to teach, when 230 64 

Non-attendance at institute, penalty 376 101 

Order shall be maintained 231 64 

Principal or city superintendent may report in lieu of 226 63 

Primary pupils may be dismissed, when 90 31 

Penalty for making false report 379 102 

Penalty for abusing teacher 377 101 

Penalty for neglect of fire drill 440 115 

Register must be kept 227 63 

Reports must be made, when 226 63 

Shall teach morality, patriotism, etc 232 64 

Shall not maltreat pupils 375 101 

Shall be excluded from school, when , 92 31 

Shall not receive salary for last month, when 227 63 

Who are qualified teachers 225 63 



INDEX. 159 



TEXT r.ooKS- - par. Pagt 

Commission to consist of whom 266 71 

Commission shall select books 266 71 

Commission may select supplementary books 266 7 1 

Compensation of members -J71 7:; 

Districts to consist of two divisions -<;:, ~ \ 

Districts of first division 265 7 1 

Selected books to be used 266 71 

Shall not be displaced within three years 266 71 

Shall advertise for bids UHT 71 

Superintendent or principal shall prepare course of study 268 72 

Adoption of books for joint district 272 7.". 

County board shall advertise for bids 269 ~- 

County board shall select books 269 72 

County superintendent may handle books, when 270 72 

May adopt supplementary books 269 72 

Uniform course of study 269 72 

Publishers shall file copies of books 269 72 

TREASURER, COUNTY— (See County Treasurer). 

TREASURER, STATE — 

Fines paid to, when 287 70 

Funds transmitted to 282 75 

UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON— 

Aim and purpose 15 14 

Attorney general legal advisor 21 17 

Board of regents, fo consist of 16 15 

Board may employ architects 23 17 

Establishment 14 14 

Erection of buildings 22 17 

Faculty of university 10 16 

Meetings, regular and special 17 15 

Non-sectarian control 20 16 

Organization of board of regents 17 15 

Powers and duties of board of regents IS 15 

First. Shall have control of university 18 15 

Second. To prescribe courses of study 18 16 

Third. To grant diplomas and degrees 18 16 

Third. To grant normal and life diplomas 18 16 

Fourth. To receive bequests for university 18 10 

Fifth. To give bonds to U. S. for supplies loaned L8 16 

Sixth. To report biennially to the governor 18 L6 

Seventh. To receive actual traveling expenses 1 y 10 

State auditor shall draw warrants '-' I '7 

Students must be at least 10 years of age : 15 11 

Subjects taught 15 1 » 

Tenure, and oath of office 16 ' 

Terms of admission of students L5 II 

Tuition tree to residents of this state LB 11 

VACANCIES— 

County superintendent, now filled '•■ ' ' ' 

Directors, districts of Brsl Ciass ,S| 

Directors, districts of second class 198 

Directors, districts of third class 210 



59 



VALIDATION OF INDEBTEDNESS— 

Annual expense of district shall not exceed annual revenues ;;1 " 

Board to canvass election returns 82 

Board of directors to deliver copy of resolutions to county treasurer. . . . 

County commissioners may levy taxes to pay Indebtedness ■"•'" 

Directors shall provide for by resolution :; " ' 



160 INDEX. 



VALIDATION OF INDEBTEDNESS — Continued. Par. Page 

Election, how held 306 82 

Holder of warrants may exchange for bonds 309 83 

Notices to contain what 305 82 

Proceeds to be placed in special fund 307 82 

Rate of interest shall not exceed 6 per cent 307 82 

School districts may validate, when 303 81 

Three-fifths vote necessary 304 81 



019 748 515 2 

OFFICIAL SCHOOL CALENDAR 



July 1 — Fiscal Year Begins. 
July A — Independence Day (Legal Holiday). 

July 15 — On or Before July 15, Clerks Transmit Annual Report to 
County Superintendent. 

August 1 — County Superintendents Transmit Annual Report to Superin- 
tendent of Public Instruction. 

August, First Saturday — Regular meeting of the Board of Directors 
(Make Estimate of Expenses for Current School Year). 

August, Last Thursday, Friday and Saturday — Teachers' Examination. 

September 1 — On or before September 1, Clerk Must Report to Board 
of County Commissioners Detailed Estimate of Expenditures 
During Current Year. 

September At Opening of School, Clerk Must Furnish Teacher with 

Copy of Last School Census. 

September, First Monday — Labor Day (Legal Holiday). 

November, First Saturday — Regular Meeting of Board of Directors. 

November, Last Thursday — Thanksgiving Day and Day Following Are 
Legal Holidays for Schools. 

December, Second Thursday, Friday and Saturday — Teachers' Exam- 
ination. 

December 25 — Christmas (Legal Holiday). 

January 1 — New Year's Day (Legal Holiday). 

February, First Saturday — Regular Meeting of Board of Directors. 

February 22 — Washington's Birthday (Legal Holiday). 

February Ten Days Before First Saturday in March Notices of 

Annual School Election Must Be Posted by Clerk. • 

March, First Saturday— Annual School Election. 

March — Fourth Monday After Annual School Election, Directors Take 

Office and Organize at Two o'Clock P. M. by Election of 

Chairman and Clerk. 
May 1 — Enumeration of Children of School Age. 
May, First Saturday — Regular Meeting of Board of Directors. 
May, Second Thursday, Friday and Saturday — Teachers' Examination. 
May 30 — Memorial Day. 

June, Third Tuesday — Annual Meeting of State Board of Education. 
June 30 — End of Fiscal Year. 
Each Month, First Friday — Regular Meeting of Directors of Districts 

of the Second Class. 



